1 #LyX 1.6.0 created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/
7 % DO NOT ALTER THIS PREAMBLE!!!
9 % This preamble is designed to ensure that the User's Guide prints
10 % out as advertised. If you mess with this preamble,
11 % parts of the User's Guide may not print out as expected. If you
12 % have problems LaTeXing this file, please contact
13 % the documentation team
14 % email: lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org
16 \usepackage{ifpdf} % part of the hyperref bundle
17 \ifpdf % if pdflatex is used
19 % set fonts for nicer pdf view
20 \IfFileExists{lmodern.sty}{\usepackage{lmodern}}{}
22 \fi % end if pdflatex is used
24 % for correct jump positions whe clicking on a link to a float
25 \usepackage[figure]{hypcap}
27 % the pages of the TOC is numbered roman
28 % and a pdf-bookmark for the TOC is added
29 \let\myTOC\tableofcontents
30 \renewcommand\tableofcontents{%
32 \pdfbookmark[1]{\contentsname}{}
36 % redefine the \LyX macro for PDF bookmarks
37 \def\LyX{\texorpdfstring{%
38 L\kern-.1667em\lower.25em\hbox{Y}\kern-.125emX\@}
41 % define a short command for \textvisiblespace
42 \newcommand{\spce}{\textvisiblespace}
44 % macro for italic page numbers in the index
45 \newcommand{\IndexDef}[1]{\textit{#1}}
47 % redefine the greyed out note
48 \renewenvironment{lyxgreyedout}
49 {\textcolor{blue}\bgroup}{\egroup}
51 \options intoc,bibtotoc,idxtotoc,BCOR7mm,tablecaptionabove
52 \use_default_options false
57 \font_typewriter default
58 \font_default_family default
68 \pdf_title "The LyX User's Guide"
69 \pdf_author "LyX Team"
73 \pdf_bookmarksnumbered true
74 \pdf_bookmarksopen false
75 \pdf_bookmarksopenlevel 1
80 \pdf_pdfusetitle false
81 \pdf_quoted_options "linkcolor=black, citecolor=black, urlcolor=blue, filecolor=blue,pdfpagelayout=OneColumn, pdfnewwindow=true,pdfstartview=XYZ, plainpages=false, pdfpagelabels,pdftex"
88 \paperorientation portrait
99 \paragraph_separation indent
101 \quotes_language english
104 \paperpagestyle default
105 \tracking_changes false
106 \output_changes false
122 \begin_layout Plain Layout
124 If you have comments or error corrections, please send them to the LyX Documenta
126 \begin_inset CommandInset href
128 target "lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org"
139 \begin_inset Newline newline
143 \begin_inset Newline newline
147 \begin_inset Note Note
150 \begin_layout Plain Layout
151 The latest PDF-version of this document can be found here:
152 \begin_inset Newline newline
157 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/DocumentationDevelopment#UserGuide
165 \begin_layout Standard
166 \begin_inset CommandInset toc
167 LatexCommand tableofcontents
174 \begin_layout Chapter
178 \begin_layout Section
182 \begin_layout Standard
183 LyX is a document preparation system.
184 It is a tool for producing beautiful manuscripts, publishable books, business
185 letters and proposals, and even poetry.
186 It is unlike most other
187 \begin_inset Quotes eld
191 \begin_inset Quotes erd
194 in the sense that it uses the paradigm of a markup language as its core
196 That means that when you type a section header, you mark it as a
197 \begin_inset Quotes eld
201 \begin_inset Quotes erd
205 \begin_inset Quotes eld
209 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
212 pt type, left justified, 5
213 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
217 \begin_inset Quotes erd
221 LyX takes care of the typesetting for you, so you deal only with concepts,
225 \begin_layout Standard
226 This philosophy is explained in much greater detail in the
229 \begin_inset Quotes eld
233 \begin_inset Quotes erd
239 If you haven't read it yet, you need to.
243 \begin_layout Standard
245 \begin_inset Quotes eld
253 \begin_inset Quotes erd
256 describes several things in addition to LyX's philosophy: most importantly,
257 the format of all of the manuals.
258 If you don't read it, you'll have a bear of a time navigating this manual.
259 You might also be better served looking in one of the other manuals instead
262 \begin_inset Quotes eld
270 \begin_inset Quotes erd
276 \begin_layout Section
280 \begin_layout Standard
281 Like most applications, LyX has the familiar menu bar across the top of
283 Below it is a toolbar with a pulldown box and various buttons.
284 There is, of course, a vertical scrollbar and a main work area for editing
286 Near the bottom of the window is a small window containing a single line
293 \begin_inset Quotes eld
297 \begin_inset Quotes erd
304 arg "command-execute"
307 when you need to type a command in the minibuffer.
310 \begin_layout Standard
311 Note that there is no horizontal scroll bar.
312 This is not a bug or an oversight, but intentional.
313 When you read a book, you expect the end of a line to wrap around to the
315 Text overflows onto new pages in a vertical fashion, hence the need for
316 only a vertical scrollbar.
317 There are three cases where you might want a horizontal scrollbar.
318 The first case is large figures, displayed WYSIWYG\SpecialChar \@.
319 This, however, is due
320 to a flaw in the routine that displays graphics on the LyX screen in a
321 WYSIWYG fashion; it should rescale the graphics to fit in the window, just
322 as you'd need to rescale graphics to fit on a page.
323 The second and third cases are tables and equations which are wider than
325 You can use the arrow keys to scroll horizontally through the table, but
326 this doesn't work for equations yet.
329 \begin_layout Standard
330 For a brief description of all LyX menus and toolbar buttons, have a look
336 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
338 reference "cha:The-User-Interface"
343 Most of them are self-explanatory and you'll find them listed in the correspond
344 ing sections of this documentation.
347 \begin_layout Section
351 \begin_layout Standard
352 The help system consists of the LyX manuals.
357 of the manuals from inside LyX.
358 Just select the manual you want read from the
365 \begin_layout Section
367 \begin_inset CommandInset label
369 name "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
376 \begin_layout Standard
377 There are several features of LyX that can be configured from inside LyX,
378 without resorting to configuration files.
379 First, LyX is able to inspect your system to see what programs, LaTeX document
380 classes and LaTeX packages are available.
381 It uses this knowledge to give reasonable defaults to several
389 \begin_layout Plain Layout
396 Although this configuration has already been done when LyX was installed
397 on your system, you might have some items that you installed locally, e.
398 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
402 \begin_inset space \space{}
405 new LaTeX classes, and which are not seen by LyX.
406 To force LyX to re-inspect your system, you should use
408 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
415 \begin_layout Plain Layout
416 Reconfiguration of LyX
421 You should then restart LyX to ensure that the changes are taken into account.
424 \begin_layout Section
426 \begin_inset CommandInset label
428 name "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
435 \begin_layout Standard
436 LyX needs several LaTeX packages to work properly.
437 The packages found on the system by LyX are listed in the file
445 \begin_layout Plain Layout
460 that will be created when using the menu
462 Help\SpecialChar \menuseparator
467 \begin_layout Plain Layout
481 You should install the required missing packages and then reconfigure LyX.
482 \begin_inset Note Note
485 \begin_layout Plain Layout
486 The two braces in the TeX Code box prevent that the term
487 \begin_inset Quotes eld
491 \begin_inset Quotes erd
494 is printed with sub- and superscript letters.
495 More about TeX Code is described in section
500 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
502 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
506 , the printout of proper names like LaTeX is explained in section
511 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
513 reference "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
526 \begin_layout Plain Layout
527 Reconfiguration of LyX
535 \begin_layout Chapter
539 \begin_layout Section
540 Basic File Operations
544 \begin_layout Plain Layout
553 \begin_layout Standard
558 menu and in the standard toolbar are basic operations for any word processor
559 in addition to some more advanced operations:
562 \begin_layout Itemize
566 \begin_inset Graphics
567 filename ../images/buffer-new.png
568 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
575 \begin_layout Itemize
593 \begin_layout Itemize
599 \begin_inset Graphics
600 filename ../images/file-open.png
601 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
608 \begin_layout Itemize
614 \begin_layout Itemize
620 \begin_inset Graphics
621 filename ../images/buffer-write.png
622 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
629 \begin_layout Itemize
639 \begin_layout Itemize
653 \begin_layout Itemize
663 \begin_layout Itemize
669 \begin_layout Itemize
675 \begin_layout Itemize
681 \begin_inset Graphics
682 filename ../images/dialog-show_print.png
683 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 24bp 20bp
690 \begin_layout Itemize
696 \begin_layout Standard
697 They all do pretty much the same thing as in other word processors, with
698 a few minor differences.
701 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
716 command not only prompts you for a name for the new file, but also prompts
717 you for a template to use.
718 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
719 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
720 They can be of use for certain classes, especially those for writing letters
726 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
728 reference "sec:Document-Classes"
735 \begin_layout Standard
737 \begin_inset Quotes eld
741 \begin_inset Quotes erd
745 \begin_inset Quotes eld
749 \begin_inset Quotes erd
753 \begin_inset Quotes eld
757 \begin_inset Quotes erd
760 Unless you tell LyX to open a file or create a new one, that big, blank
761 space is just that --- a big, blank space.
764 \begin_layout Standard
785 are useful if more people work on the same document at the same time
789 \begin_layout Plain Layout
790 If you plan to do this, you should check out the Version Control feature
815 will reload the document from disk.
816 You can of course also use it if you regret that you changed a document
817 and want to restore it to the last save.
826 you can there register the changes you made to a document so that others
827 can identify them as your changes.
830 \begin_layout Section
831 Basic Editing Features
835 \begin_layout Plain Layout
842 \begin_inset CommandInset label
844 name "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
851 \begin_layout Standard
852 Like most modern word processors, LyX can perform cut and paste operations
853 on blocks of text, can move by character, word, or page of text, and can
854 delete whole words as well as individual characters.
855 The next four sections cover the basic LyX editing features and how to
857 We'll start with cut and paste.
860 \begin_layout Standard
861 As you might expect, the
865 menu and the standard toolbar has the cut and paste commands, along with
866 various other editing features.
867 Some of these are special and covered in later sections.
871 \begin_layout Itemize
877 \begin_inset Graphics
878 filename ../images/cut.png
879 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
886 \begin_layout Itemize
892 \begin_inset Graphics
893 filename ../images/copy.png
894 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
901 \begin_layout Itemize
907 \begin_inset Graphics
908 filename ../images/paste.png
909 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
916 \begin_layout Itemize
926 \begin_layout Itemize
936 \begin_layout Itemize
950 \begin_inset Graphics
951 filename ../images/dialog-show_findreplace.png
952 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
960 \begin_layout Standard
961 The first three are self-explanatory.
962 One thing to note: whenever you delete a block of text that you've selected,
963 it's automatically placed in the clipboard.
972 keys also functions as the
977 Also, if you've selected text, be careful: If you hit a key, LyX will completel
978 y delete the selected text and replace it with what you just typed.
983 to get back the lost text.
986 \begin_layout Standard
990 \begin_layout Plain Layout
996 You can also copy text between LyX and other programs by cut, copy and paste.
1000 \begin_inset space ~
1005 shows you a list with the last strings you have pasted.
1008 \begin_layout Standard
1011 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1013 \begin_inset space ~
1016 Special\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1018 \begin_inset space ~
1022 \begin_inset space ~
1027 will insert the text in the clipboard so that the whole text is inserted
1033 A new paragraph is started when there is a blank line in the file.
1037 \begin_inset space ~
1042 , the text is inserted as Paragraphs, where the line breaks of the text
1043 will start a new paragraph.
1046 \begin_layout Standard
1050 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1060 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1068 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1070 \begin_inset space ~
1074 \begin_inset space ~
1082 \begin_inset space ~
1086 \begin_inset space ~
1092 Once you have found a word or expression, LyX selects it.
1097 button replaces the selected text with the contents of the
1100 \begin_inset space ~
1109 \begin_inset space ~
1114 button to skip the current word.
1118 \begin_inset space ~
1123 to replace all occurrences of the text in the document automatically.
1127 \begin_inset space ~
1132 option can be used if you want the search to consider the case of the search
1134 If the toggle is set, searching for
1135 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1143 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1146 will not match the word
1147 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1155 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1161 Match whole words only
1163 option can be used to force LyX to only find complete words, i.
1164 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1168 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1176 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1180 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1188 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1194 \begin_layout Standard
1195 Things like notes, floats, etc., the so called insets can be dissolved.
1196 This means that the inset is deleted and its content is left as normal
1198 Dissolving an inset is done by setting the cursor to the beginning of an
1203 or by setting the cursor to the end and pressing
1210 \begin_layout Section
1215 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1225 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1232 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1234 name "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
1241 \begin_layout Standard
1242 If you make a mistake, you can easily recover from it.
1243 LyX has a large-capacity undo/redo buffer.
1246 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1249 or the toolbar button
1250 \begin_inset Graphics
1251 filename ../images/undo.png
1252 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1256 to undo some mistake.
1257 If you accidentally undo too much, use
1259 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1262 or the toolbar button
1263 \begin_inset Graphics
1264 filename ../images/redo.png
1265 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1270 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1274 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1277 The undo mechanism is currently limited to 100
1278 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1281 steps to minimize memory overhead.
1284 \begin_layout Standard
1285 Note that if you revert back all changes to arrive to the document as it
1287 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1291 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1294 status of the document is unfortunately not reset.
1295 This is a consequence of the 100
1296 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1299 step undo limit, above.
1302 \begin_layout Standard
1311 work on almost everything in LyX.
1312 But they won't undo or redo text character by character, but by blocks
1316 \begin_layout Section
1321 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1330 \begin_layout Standard
1331 These are the most basic mouse operations.
1334 \begin_layout Enumerate
1339 \begin_layout Itemize
1344 once anywhere in the edit window.
1345 The cursor moves to the text under the mouse.
1349 \begin_layout Enumerate
1354 \begin_layout Itemize
1360 LyX marks the text between the old and new mouse positions.
1363 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1366 to create a copy of the text in LyX's buffer (and the clipboard).
1369 \begin_layout Itemize
1370 Re-position the cursor and then paste the text back into LyX using
1372 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1379 \begin_layout Enumerate
1380 Insets (Footnotes, Notes, Floats, etc.)
1384 \begin_layout Standard
1385 Right-click on them to set their properties.
1386 Right-click on them to set its properties.
1387 Also check the appropriate section of this manual for more details.
1391 \begin_layout Enumerate
1396 \begin_layout Standard
1401 the right mouse button to open a dialog that will allow you to manipulate
1406 \begin_layout Section
1408 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1410 name "sec:Navigating"
1418 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1427 \begin_layout Standard
1428 LyX offers you two ways to navigate in documents:
1431 \begin_layout Itemize
1436 lists all sections of the document as submenu entries that you can click
1437 to jump to the corresponding document part.
1440 \begin_layout Itemize
1443 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1446 or the toolbar button
1447 \begin_inset Graphics
1448 filename ../images/dialog-toggle_toc.png
1449 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1456 \begin_layout Standard
1457 The outline window shows you the content of the document's table of contents
1458 (TOC) that is described in sec.
1459 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1463 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1465 reference "sub:Table-of-Contents"
1470 You can click there on entries to jump to the corresponding document part.
1471 In the pull-down box at the top of the outline window, you can choose between
1472 different lists of document objects, like the list of footnotes.
1473 Some of them, the list of tables, figures, and algorithms can also be added
1474 to the document, see
1475 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1477 reference "sub:List-of-Figures"
1486 option sorts the current list, and the
1490 option keeps it in the current view state.
1491 Keeping means that when you have e.
1492 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1496 \begin_inset space \space{}
1499 the subsections of section
1500 \begin_inset space ~
1503 2 and 4 shown and click on section
1504 \begin_inset space ~
1507 3, the subsections of section
1508 \begin_inset space ~
1511 2 and 4 will still be shown.
1516 option they will be hidden to highlight the clicked section
1517 \begin_inset space ~
1523 \begin_layout Standard
1525 \begin_inset space \space{}
1529 \begin_inset Graphics
1530 filename ../images/down.png
1531 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1536 \begin_inset space \hspace{}
1541 \begin_inset space \space{}
1545 \begin_inset Graphics
1546 filename ../images/up.png
1547 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1552 \begin_inset space \hspace{}
1556 at the bottom of the outline window you can change the position of sections
1558 So you can for example move section
1559 \begin_inset space ~
1563 \begin_inset space ~
1567 LyX will then automatically renumber the sections to the new order.
1569 \begin_inset Graphics
1570 filename ../images/promote.png
1571 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1576 \begin_inset Graphics
1577 filename ../images/demote.png
1578 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1582 or the corresponding key bindings
1590 you can change the sectioning level of sections.
1591 So you can for example make section
1592 \begin_inset space ~
1596 \begin_inset space ~
1600 \begin_inset space ~
1606 \begin_layout Section
1611 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1621 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1626 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1637 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1653 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1658 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1669 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1684 \begin_layout Standard
1685 There are at least two different primary binding maps: CUA and Emacs.
1686 LyX's default is CUA.
1689 \begin_layout Standard
1693 \begin_inset space ~
1701 \begin_inset space ~
1722 , do exactly what you expect them to do.
1726 \begin_layout Labeling
1727 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1731 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1732 LatexCommand nomenclature
1734 description "Tabulator key"
1740 There is no such thing as a tab stop in LyX.
1741 If you don't understand this, go read sections
1742 \begin_inset space ~
1746 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1748 reference "sec:Par-indent-intro"
1753 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1755 reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
1759 , especially section
1760 \begin_inset space ~
1764 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1766 reference "sub:Lists"
1772 If you're still confused, look in the
1779 \begin_layout Labeling
1780 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1784 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1785 LatexCommand nomenclature
1787 description "Escape key"
1794 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1798 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1801 It's used, generically, to cancel operations.
1802 Other parts of the manual will go into greater detail about this.
1805 \begin_layout Labeling
1806 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1812 \begin_inset space ~
1816 \begin_inset space ~
1823 These move the cursor, respectively, to the beginning and end of a line,
1824 unless you are using the Emacs bindings where they jump to the beginning
1828 \begin_layout Standard
1829 There are three modifier keys:
1832 \begin_layout Labeling
1833 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1839 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1847 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1851 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1852 LatexCommand nomenclature
1854 description "Control key"
1858 in the documentation files) This has a couple of different uses, depending
1859 on which keys it's used in combination with:
1863 \begin_layout Itemize
1872 , it deletes an entire word instead of a single character.
1875 \begin_layout Itemize
1884 , it moves by words instead of characters.
1887 \begin_layout Itemize
1896 , it moves to the beginning and the end of the document, respectively.
1900 \begin_layout Labeling
1901 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1907 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1915 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1919 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1920 LatexCommand nomenclature
1922 description "Shift key"
1926 in the documentation files) Use this with any of the motion keys to select
1927 the text between the old and new cursor positions.
1930 \begin_layout Labeling
1931 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1937 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1945 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1949 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1950 LatexCommand nomenclature
1952 description "Alt or Meta key"
1956 in the documentation files) This is the Alt key on many keyboards, unless
1957 your keyboard has a distinct Meta key.
1958 If you have both keys, you will need to try out which one actually performs
1964 This key does many different things, but it also activates the
1966 menu accelerator keys
1969 If you use this in combination with any of the underlined letters in a
1970 menu or menu item, it selects that menu item.
1974 \begin_layout Standard
1975 For example, the sequence
1976 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1982 \begin_inset space ~
1986 \begin_inset space ~
1992 \begin_inset space ~
2000 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2008 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2012 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2017 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2023 \begin_inset space ~
2029 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2039 \begin_layout Standard
2040 There are also other things bound to the
2044 key, but you'll have to check in the
2056 \begin_layout Standard
2057 You'll learn more and more keybindings and short-cut keys as you use LyX,
2058 because most actions will prompt a small message in the status bar at the
2059 bottom of LyX's main window which describe the name of the action, you've
2060 just triggered, and any existing keybindings for that action.
2061 The LyX menus also list the defined keybindings.
2062 The notation for the keybindings is very similar to the notation used in
2063 this documentation, so you should not have any problems understanding it.
2064 However, notice that Shift-modifiers are explicitly mentioned, so
2065 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2073 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2080 followed by a capital
2087 \begin_layout Standard
2088 You can list or change the keybindings in the menu
2090 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2095 Editing\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2098 as explained in sec.
2099 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
2103 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
2105 reference "sub:Editing-Shortcuts"
2110 \begin_inset Formula \[
2118 \begin_layout Chapter
2123 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2132 \begin_layout Section
2137 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2146 \begin_layout Subsection
2150 \begin_layout Standard
2151 Before you do anything else, before you ever start writing a document, you
2152 need to decide what type of document you want to edit.
2153 Different types of documents use different types of spacing, headings,
2154 numbering schemes, and so on.
2155 Additionally, different documents use different paragraph environments,
2156 and format the title of your document differently.
2159 \begin_layout Standard
2164 describes a group of properties common to a particular set of documents.
2165 By setting the document class, you automatically select these properties,
2166 making it easier to create the type of document you want.
2167 If you don't choose a document class, LyX picks one for you by default.
2168 So it is up to you to change the class of your document.
2171 \begin_layout Standard
2172 Read on for info about the document classes you can choose from LyX, and
2173 how to adjust their properties.
2176 \begin_layout Subsection
2181 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2188 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2190 name "sec:Document-Classes"
2197 \begin_layout Standard
2198 You can select a class using the
2200 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2205 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2214 Select the class you want to use, and make any fine tunings of the options
2218 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2222 \begin_layout Standard
2223 There are four standard document classes in LyX.
2227 \begin_layout Description
2228 Article for basic articles
2231 \begin_layout Description
2232 Report for basic reports
2235 \begin_layout Description
2236 Book for writing a book
2239 \begin_layout Description
2240 Letter for US-style letters
2243 \begin_layout Standard
2244 There are also some non-standard classes, which LyX only uses if you have
2246 Here are some of the classes, the full list with detailed explanations
2247 can be found in chapter
2249 Special Document Classes
2258 \begin_layout Description
2259 A&A Journal articles in the style and format used in Astronomy & Astrophysics
2262 \begin_layout Description
2269 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2278 eX For submissions to the journals published by the American Astronomical
2282 \begin_layout Description
2283 AMS Layouts for articles and books in the style and format used by the American
2284 Mathematical Society (AMS).
2285 There are three article layouts available.
2286 The standard one uses a typical numbering scheme for theorems etc., that
2287 prepends the section number to the number of the result.
2288 All result-type statements (propositions, corollaries, and so on) are sequenced
2289 together, but definitions, examples, and the like have their own sequence.
2291 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2294 sequential numbering
2295 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2298 scheme does not place the section number with each result, but numbers
2299 them throughout the article in a single sequence.
2300 Each type of result gets its own sequence.
2301 There is also a layout that dispenses with numbering of statements altogether.
2304 \begin_layout Description
2305 Beamer Layout for presentations
2308 \begin_layout Description
2309 broadway Layout for writing plays.
2310 It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one which is distributed
2314 \begin_layout Description
2316 \begin_inset space ~
2319 vitae classes to create curriculum vitae
2322 \begin_layout Description
2323 Dinbrief Letters in format of the DIN (German industry norm)
2326 \begin_layout Description
2329 Die TeXnische Komödie
2331 , the journal of the German TeX user Group (Dante)
2334 \begin_layout Description
2335 Elsevier Layout for journals of the Elsevier publishing group
2338 \begin_layout Description
2339 Foils Used to make transparencies
2342 \begin_layout Description
2343 g-brief Letters in format of the DIN (German industry norm)
2346 \begin_layout Description
2347 hollywood Used to type spec scripts for the US film industry.
2348 It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one which is distributed
2352 \begin_layout Description
2353 IEEEtran Layout for the journals published by the Institute of Electrical
2354 and Electronics Engineers (IEEE)
2357 \begin_layout Description
2358 IOP Layout for journals of the Institute of Physics publishing group
2361 \begin_layout Description
2362 Kluwer Layout for journals of the Kluwer publishing group
2365 \begin_layout Description
2366 koma-script a replacement for the standard classes, offers many useful features
2367 like caption formatting, automatic print space calculation etc.
2370 \begin_layout Description
2371 Memoir another replacement for the standard classes
2374 \begin_layout Description
2379 LaTeX document class
2382 \begin_layout Description
2383 Powerdot Layout for presentations
2386 \begin_layout Description
2391 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2398 X is used to write articles for the publications of the American Physical
2399 Society (APS), American Institute of Physics (AIP), and Optical Society
2401 This class is not completely compatible with all LyX features.
2404 \begin_layout Description
2405 Slides Used to make transparencies
2408 \begin_layout Description
2410 \begin_inset space ~
2413 Proceedings Layout for the journals published by The International Society
2414 for Optical Engineering (SPIE)
2417 \begin_layout Description
2418 Springer Layouts for journals of the Springer publishing group
2421 \begin_layout Description
2426 , the journal of the international TeX user Group (TUG)
2429 \begin_layout Standard
2430 We won't go into any detail about how to use these different document classes
2432 You can find all the details about the non-standard classes in the
2437 Here, we will settle with a list of some of the common properties of all
2438 of the document classes.
2441 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2443 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2453 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2462 \begin_layout Standard
2463 Modules load additional features to a document that are not by default available
2464 in the chosen document class.
2465 For example you might want to use write Braille (embossed printing) in
2467 This is of course not available in any document class, so you have to load
2468 the corresponding module in the
2474 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2481 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2488 Highlighting a module in the dialog will bring up a description of the
2492 \begin_layout Standard
2493 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
2496 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2501 Some modules require LaTeX packages that are not always installed by default.
2502 LyX will warn you if you do not have the needed package.
2510 \begin_layout Standard
2511 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
2514 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2519 Some modules require other modules, and some pairs of modules are incompatible.
2527 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2531 \begin_layout Standard
2532 Each class has a default set of options.
2533 Here's a quick table describing them:
2536 \begin_layout Standard
2537 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
2543 \begin_layout Standard
2545 \begin_inset Tabular
2546 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="5">
2548 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2549 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2550 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2551 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2552 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2554 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2557 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2563 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2566 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2581 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2584 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2599 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2602 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2617 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2620 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2637 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2640 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2654 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2657 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2672 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2675 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2690 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2693 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2708 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2711 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2728 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2731 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2745 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2748 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2763 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2766 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2781 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2784 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2799 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2802 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2819 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2822 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2836 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2839 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2854 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2857 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2872 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2875 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2890 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2893 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2910 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2913 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2927 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2930 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2945 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2948 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2963 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2966 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2981 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2984 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3006 \begin_layout Standard
3007 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
3013 \begin_layout Standard
3014 You're probably also wondering what
3015 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3019 \begin_inset space ~
3023 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3027 There are several paragraph environments used to create section headings.
3028 Different document classes allow different types of section headings.
3033 heading; the rest do not and begin instead with the
3038 Some document classes, such as the ones for letters, don't use any section
3048 headings, there are also
3056 headings, and so on.
3057 We'll describe these headings fully in section
3058 \begin_inset space ~
3062 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3064 reference "sub:Headings"
3071 \begin_layout Subsection
3073 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3075 name "sub:Document-Layout"
3083 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3095 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3104 \begin_layout Standard
3105 The most important properties of documents classes are set in the menu
3107 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3118 \begin_inset space ~
3123 , you can enter special options for your document class in a comma-separated
3125 This is only necessary if LyX doesn't support special options you want
3126 to use for your document.
3127 To learn more about your favorite LaTeX-class and its options, you have
3131 \begin_layout Standard
3138 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3144 \begin_inset space ~
3149 controls what sorts of headings and page numbers go on a page.
3150 You can choose between the following five options:
3153 \begin_layout Labeling
3154 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3159 Use default page style of current class.
3162 \begin_layout Labeling
3163 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3168 No page numbers or headings.
3171 \begin_layout Labeling
3172 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3180 \begin_layout Labeling
3181 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3186 Page numbers and either the current chapter or section title and number.
3187 Whether LyX uses the current chapter or the current section depends on
3188 the maximum sectioning level of the class.
3191 \begin_layout Labeling
3192 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3197 This allows you to create fully customizable headers and footers if you
3206 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3207 LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
3213 At the moment, support in LyX is limited to this setting.
3214 To use the full power of this package, you have to add code to your document
3216 Check the documentation for the
3220 package for more details,
3221 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
3230 \begin_layout Standard
3235 of paragraphs is described in section
3236 \begin_inset space ~
3240 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3242 reference "sec:Par-indent-intro"
3249 \begin_layout Subsection
3250 Paper Size and Orientation
3254 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3255 Document ! Paper size
3261 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3263 name "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation,"
3270 \begin_layout Standard
3271 You'll find the following options in the menu
3274 \begin_inset space ~
3279 of the dialog of the
3281 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3290 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3299 \begin_layout Labeling
3300 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3304 \begin_inset space ~
3309 What size paper to print on.
3313 \begin_layout Itemize
3319 \begin_layout Itemize
3329 \begin_layout Itemize
3335 \begin_layout Itemize
3341 \begin_layout Itemize
3347 \begin_layout Itemize
3353 \begin_layout Itemize
3359 \begin_layout Labeling
3360 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3365 Two toggle buttons choose whether to print the output as
3376 \begin_layout Labeling
3377 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3381 \begin_inset space ~
3386 Adjusts the print space to print both sides of paper.
3387 That means that the print space for odd- and even-numbered pages is different.
3390 \begin_layout Subsection
3392 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3402 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3412 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3421 \begin_layout Standard
3422 Paper margins are set in the menu
3424 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3431 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3440 \begin_layout Standard
3441 If you use a koma-script document class, you can use the default settings.
3442 Because koma-script calculates then the printspace automatically by taking
3443 the paper format and the font size into account.
3446 \begin_layout Subsection
3450 \begin_layout Standard
3451 If you change a document class, LyX has to convert
3456 That includes the paragraph environments.
3457 Some paragraph environments are standard; all of the document classes have
3458 them; but some classes have special paragraph environments.
3459 If this is the case, and you change the document class, LyX sets the missing
3460 paragraph environments to
3464 and places an error box at the beginning of the paragraph.
3465 Just click on them and you'll get a message dialog that tells you about
3466 the conversion and why it failed.
3469 \begin_layout Section
3470 Paragraph Indentation and Separation
3474 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3475 Paragraph ! Indentation
3483 \begin_layout Subsection
3485 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3487 name "sec:Par-indent-intro"
3494 \begin_layout Standard
3495 Before describing all of the various paragraph environments, we'd like to
3496 say a word or two about paragraph indentation.
3499 \begin_layout Standard
3500 Everyone seems to have their own convention for separating paragraphs.
3501 Most Americans indent the first line of a paragraph.
3502 Others don't indent but put extra space between the paragraphs.
3503 If you choose indentation for paragraphs the
3507 paragraph of a section, or after a figure, an equation, a table, a list,
3513 Only a paragraph following another paragraph gets indented.
3514 Note that the indentation behavior is different when you use another document
3515 language than English.
3516 LaTeX takes care that the indentation follows the rules of the used language.
3519 \begin_layout Standard
3520 The space between paragraphs, like the line spacing, the space between headings
3521 and text --- in fact, all of the spacings for just about everything are
3523 As we said, you don't worry about how much space to add between what.
3524 LyX takes care of that.
3525 In fact, these pre-coded vertical spacings aren't a single number but a
3527 That way, LyX can squish or stretch the space between lines to make sure
3528 figures fit on a page with text, so that sections don't start at the bottom
3529 of a page, and so on.
3533 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3534 LaTeX does this when LyX goes to produce a printable file.
3539 However, pre-coded doesn't mean you can't change them.
3540 LyX gives you the ability to globally change
3544 of these pre-coded spacings.
3545 We'll explain more later.
3548 \begin_layout Subsection
3549 Paragraph Separation
3553 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3554 Paragraph ! Separation
3562 \begin_layout Standard
3563 To separate paragraphs, select
3574 \begin_inset space ~
3581 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3588 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3594 to indent paragraphs or add extra space between paragraphs, respectively.
3595 The size of the skips can be defined in the dialog, for the indentation
3596 you have to add this line to your document preamble:
3599 \begin_layout Standard
3609 \begin_layout Standard
3610 where length is a value in one of the units listed in Appendix
3611 \begin_inset space ~
3615 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3617 reference "cap:Units"
3622 The default length is 30
3623 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
3629 \begin_layout Subsection
3633 \begin_layout Standard
3634 You can also change the separation method of a single paragraph.
3637 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3639 \begin_inset space ~
3644 dialog and toggle the
3647 \begin_inset space ~
3652 option to change the state of the current paragraph.
3653 If paragraphs have no indentation but use extra space for separation, this
3654 button will be ignored (you can't indent a single paragraph by toggling
3658 \begin_layout Standard
3659 You should only need to change the indentation method for a single paragraph
3660 if you need to do some fine-tuning.
3663 \begin_layout Subsection
3668 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3669 Paragraph ! Line spacing
3677 \begin_layout Standard
3680 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3687 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3696 dialog you can set the line spacing in the submenu
3699 \begin_inset space ~
3708 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3709 You need to have the LaTeX-package
3717 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3718 LaTeX-packages ! setspace
3723 installed to use this feature.
3731 \begin_layout Section
3732 Paragraph Environments
3733 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3735 name "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
3743 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3744 Paragraph ! Environments
3753 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3754 Paragraph environments|(
3762 \begin_layout Subsection
3766 \begin_layout Standard
3767 Paragraph environments correspond to the
3770 \begin_layout Standard
3789 \begin_inset Newline newline
3792 command sequence in LaTeX files.
3793 If you don't know LaTeX, or the concept of a paragraph environment is totally
3794 alien to you, we urge you to read the
3803 also contains many more examples than this section does.
3806 \begin_layout Standard
3807 A paragraph environment is simply a
3808 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3812 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3815 for a paragraph which gives that paragraph certain properties.
3816 This can include a particular style of font, different margins, a numbering
3817 scheme, labels, and so on.
3818 Additionally, you can
3819 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3823 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3826 the different environments inside one another, allowing one environment
3827 to inherit some of the properties of another.
3828 The different paragraph environments totally replace the need for messy
3829 tab stops, on the fly margin adjustment, and other hold-overs from the
3830 days of typewriters.
3831 There are several paragraph environments which are specific to a particular
3833 We'll only be covering the most common ones here.
3836 \begin_layout Standard
3837 To choose a new paragraph environment, use the pull-down box
3838 \begin_inset Graphics
3839 filename clipart/ToolbarEnvBox.png
3845 at the left end of the toolbar.
3846 LyX will change the environment of the
3850 paragraph in which the cursor sits.
3851 You can also change the environment of an entire group of paragraphs if
3852 you select them before choosing the new environment.
3856 \begin_layout Standard
3865 create a new paragraph using the
3869 paragraph environment.
3871 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3875 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3878 because if you are in one of these environments:
3881 \begin_layout Itemize
3887 \begin_layout Itemize
3893 \begin_layout Itemize
3899 \begin_layout Itemize
3905 \begin_layout Itemize
3911 \begin_layout Itemize
3917 \begin_layout Itemize
3923 \begin_layout Standard
3924 LyX keeps the old paragraph environment when you hit
3928 , rather than resetting it to
3933 LyX will still reset the nesting depth, however.
3934 Usually, starting a new paragraph resets both the paragraph environment
3935 and the nesting depth (for more on nesting see section
3936 \begin_inset space ~
3940 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3942 reference "sec:Nesting"
3947 At the moment, all this is context-specific; you're better off expecting
3952 to reset the paragraph environment and depth.
3953 If you want a new paragraph to keep the current environment and depth,
3957 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
3963 \begin_layout Subsection
3967 \begin_layout Standard
3968 The default paragraph environment is
3973 It creates a plain paragraph.
3974 If LyX resets the paragraph environment, this is the one it chooses.
3975 In fact, the paragraph you're reading right now (and most of the ones in
3976 this manual) are in the
3983 \begin_layout Standard
3984 You can nest a paragraph using the
3988 environment in just about anything else, but you can't really nest anything
3996 \begin_layout Subsection
4001 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4010 \begin_layout Standard
4011 A LaTeX title page has three parts: the title itself, the name(s) of the
4013 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4017 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4020 for thanks or contact information.
4021 For certain types of documents, LaTeX places all of this on a separate
4022 page along with today's date.
4023 For other types of documents, the title
4024 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4028 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4031 goes at the top of the first page of the document.
4035 \begin_layout Standard
4036 LyX provides an interface to the title page commands through the paragraph
4050 Here's how you use them:
4053 \begin_layout Itemize
4054 Put the title of your document in the
4061 \begin_layout Itemize
4062 Put the author name in the
4069 \begin_layout Itemize
4070 If you want the date to have a certain appearance, want to use a fixed date,
4071 or want other text to appear in place of today's date, put that text in
4077 Note that using this environment is optional.
4078 If you don't provide any, LaTeX will automatically insert today's date.
4079 If you don't want any date, add the line
4080 \begin_inset Newline newline
4090 \begin_inset Newline newline
4093 to the preamble of your document (menu
4095 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4101 \begin_layout Standard
4102 You can use footnotes to insert
4103 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4107 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4110 or contact informations.
4113 \begin_layout Subsection
4118 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4125 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4134 \begin_layout Standard
4135 There are several paragraph environments for producing section headings.
4136 LyX takes care of the numbering for you.
4139 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4144 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4145 Section headings ! Numbered
4153 \begin_layout Standard
4154 There are 7 numbered types of section headings.
4158 \begin_layout Enumerate
4164 \begin_layout Enumerate
4170 \begin_layout Enumerate
4176 \begin_layout Enumerate
4182 \begin_layout Enumerate
4188 \begin_layout Enumerate
4194 \begin_layout Enumerate
4200 \begin_layout Standard
4201 LyX labels each heading with a series of numbers, separated by periods.
4202 The numbers describe where in the document you are.
4203 Unlike the other headings, parts are numbered with Latin letters.
4206 \begin_layout Standard
4207 Headings all subdivide your document into different pieces of text.
4208 For example, suppose you're writing a book.
4209 You group the book into chapters.
4210 LyX does similar grouping:
4213 \begin_layout Itemize
4218 is divided in either
4229 \begin_layout Itemize
4241 \begin_layout Itemize
4253 \begin_layout Itemize
4265 \begin_layout Itemize
4277 \begin_layout Itemize
4289 \begin_layout Standard
4290 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
4293 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4298 Not all document types use the
4302 heading as the maximum sectioning level.
4307 is the top-level heading.
4315 \begin_layout Standard
4320 environment to label a new sub-subsection, LyX labels it with its number,
4321 along with the number of the subsection, section, and, if applicable, chapter
4323 For example: the fifth section of the second chapter of this book has the
4325 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4329 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4335 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4340 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4341 Section headings ! Unnumbered
4349 \begin_layout Standard
4350 There are 5 types of unnumbered section headings.
4354 \begin_layout Enumerate
4360 \begin_layout Enumerate
4366 \begin_layout Enumerate
4372 \begin_layout Enumerate
4378 \begin_layout Enumerate
4384 \begin_layout Standard
4386 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4390 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4393 after each name means that these headings are not numbered.
4394 They work the same as their numbered counterparts but won't appear in the
4395 table of contents, see section
4396 \begin_inset space ~
4400 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4409 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4410 Changing the Numbering
4411 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4413 name "sub:Numbering-depth"
4420 \begin_layout Standard
4421 You can also alter which sectioning levels get numbered and which ones appear
4422 in the Table of Contents.
4423 Now, this doesn't remove any of the levels; that's preset in the document
4425 Certain classes start with
4439 Similarly, not all document classes number all sectioning levels.
4449 This is something you can change.
4452 \begin_layout Standard
4455 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4464 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4475 \begin_inset space ~
4479 \begin_inset space ~
4484 you'll see two counters.
4489 controls how far down in the sectioning hierarchy LyX numbers a section
4491 The other one controls the appearance of the section headings in the table
4495 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4496 Short Titles of Headings
4500 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4501 Section headings ! Short titles
4510 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4517 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4519 name "sec:Short-Titles"
4526 \begin_layout Standard
4527 Some section or chapter titles, such as this one, can get quite long.
4528 This can cause trouble when there is limited horizontal space.
4529 For example, if the header of the page is set to show the current section
4530 title, a long title will protrude over the page margins and look awful.
4533 \begin_layout Standard
4534 LaTeX allows you to specify a short title for section headings.
4535 This short title is used in the header and in the actual table of contents,
4536 avoiding the problem mentioned.
4537 To specify a short title, use the menu
4539 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4541 \begin_inset space ~
4547 This will insert a box labeled
4548 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4552 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4556 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4560 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4563 ) which you can use to enter the short title text.
4564 This also works for captions inside floats.
4567 \begin_layout Standard
4568 The title of this section is a good example of using this feature.
4571 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4575 \begin_layout Standard
4576 The following information applies to all section headings:
4579 \begin_layout Itemize
4580 You cannot do any nesting with these environments.
4583 \begin_layout Itemize
4584 You cannot use a margin note in any of these environments.
4587 \begin_layout Itemize
4588 You can only use inline math in these environments.
4591 \begin_layout Itemize
4592 You can use labels and cross-references to refer to their numbers.
4595 \begin_layout Subsection
4596 Quotes and Poetry line spacing
4599 \begin_layout Standard
4600 LyX has three paragraph environments for writing poetry and quotations.
4614 Forget the days of changing line spacing and twiddling with margins.
4615 These three paragraph environments already have those changes built-in.
4616 They all widen the left margin and add a bit of extra space above and below
4617 the text they contain.
4618 They also allow nesting, so you can put a
4626 , as well as in some other paragraph environments.
4629 \begin_layout Standard
4630 There is another feature of these three paragraph environments: they do
4639 when you start a new paragraph.
4640 So, you can type in that poem and merrily hit
4644 without worrying about the paragraph environment changing on you.
4645 Of course, that means that, once you're done typing in that poem, you have
4646 to change back to the
4650 environment yourself.
4653 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4663 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4673 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4682 \begin_layout Standard
4683 Now that we've described the similarities of these three environments, it's
4684 time for the differences.
4693 are identical except for one difference:
4697 uses extra spacing to separate paragraphs and never indents the first line.
4706 indents the first line of a paragraph and uses the same line spacing throughout.
4709 \begin_layout Standard
4710 Here's an example of the
4723 I can keep writing, extending this line out further and further until it
4725 See -- no indentation!
4729 Here's the second paragraph of this quote.
4730 Again, there's no indentation, but there is extra space between me and
4731 the other paragraph.
4734 \begin_layout Standard
4735 Here's another example, this time in the
4742 \begin_layout Quotation
4748 If I keep writing, you'll see the indentation.
4749 If your country uses a writing style that shows off new paragraphs by indenting
4750 the first line, then
4754 is the environment for you! Well, you'd use it
4758 you were quoting other text.
4761 \begin_layout Quotation
4762 Here's a new paragraph.
4763 I could ramble on and on, like a politician at election time.
4764 If I did that, though, you'd get bored.
4767 \begin_layout Standard
4768 As the examples show,
4772 is for those people who use extra space to separate paragraphs.
4773 They should put quotes in the
4778 Those who use indentation to mark a new paragraph should use the
4782 paragraph environment for quoted text.
4785 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4794 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4806 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4813 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4822 \begin_layout Standard
4827 is a paragraph environment for poetry, rhymes, verses, and so on.
4833 \begin_inset Newline newline
4836 Which I did not rehearse!
4840 It could be much worse.
4841 This line could be long, very long, oh so long, so very long that it wraps
4843 It looks okay on screen, but in the printed version, the extra lines are
4844 indented a bit more than the first.
4845 Okay, so it's turned to prose and doesn't rhyme anymore.
4851 \begin_inset Newline newline
4854 And make things look fine
4855 \begin_inset Newline newline
4861 arg "newline-insert newline"
4867 \begin_layout Standard
4872 does not indent both margins.
4873 Each stanza of the verse or poem is in its own paragraph.
4874 To separate the individual lines of a stanza, use the
4881 arg "newline-insert newline"
4887 \begin_layout Subsection
4892 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4899 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4908 \begin_layout Standard
4909 LyX has four different paragraph environments for creating different kinds
4919 environments, LyX labels your list items with bullets or numbers, respectively.
4928 environments, LyX lets you provide your own label.
4929 We'll present the individual details of each type of list next after describing
4930 some general features of all four of them.
4933 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4937 \begin_layout Standard
4938 The four paragraph environments for lists differ from the other environments
4940 First, LyX treats each paragraph as a list item.
4949 reset the environment to
4953 but keeps the current environment and creates a new list item.
4954 The nesting depth is hereby kept.
4955 If you want to keep the paragraph environment but reset the current nesting
4959 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
4962 to break paragraphs.
4965 \begin_layout Standard
4966 You can nest lists of any type inside one another.
4967 In fact, LyX changes the labels on some list items depending on how it
4969 If you intend to use any of the list paragraph environments, we suggest
4970 you read all of section
4971 \begin_inset space ~
4975 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4977 reference "sec:Nesting"
4985 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4994 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5001 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5010 \begin_layout Standard
5011 The first type of list we'll describe in detail is the
5015 paragraph environment.
5016 It has the following properties:
5019 \begin_layout Itemize
5020 Each item has a particular bullet or symbol as its label.
5024 \begin_layout Itemize
5025 LyX uses the same symbol for all of the items in a given nesting level.
5028 \begin_layout Itemize
5029 The symbol appears at the beginning of the first line.
5033 \begin_layout Itemize
5034 The items can have any length.
5035 LyX automatically offsets the left margin of each item.
5036 The offset is always relative to whatever environment the
5043 \begin_layout Itemize
5048 environment inside another
5052 environment, the label changes to a new symbol.
5056 \begin_layout Itemize
5057 There are four different symbols for up to a four-fold nesting.
5060 \begin_layout Itemize
5061 LyX always shows the same symbol on screen.
5064 \begin_layout Itemize
5066 \begin_inset space ~
5070 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5072 reference "sec:Nesting"
5076 for a full explanation of nesting.
5080 \begin_layout Standard
5081 Of course, that explanation was also an example of an
5090 environment is best suited for lists where the order doesn't matter.
5093 \begin_layout Standard
5094 We said that different levels use different symbols as their label.
5095 Here's an example of all four possible symbols.
5096 Note that those of you reading this manual within LyX won't see any difference.
5099 \begin_layout Itemize
5100 The label for the first level
5104 is a large black dot, or bullet.
5108 \begin_layout Itemize
5109 The label for the second level is a dash.
5113 \begin_layout Itemize
5114 The label for the third is an asterisk.
5118 \begin_layout Itemize
5119 The label for the fourth is a centered dot.
5123 \begin_layout Itemize
5124 Back out to the third level.
5128 \begin_layout Itemize
5129 Back to the second level.
5133 \begin_layout Itemize
5134 Back to the outermost level.
5137 \begin_layout Standard
5138 These are the default labels for an
5143 You can customize these labels in the
5145 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5148 dialog in the submenu
5158 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5167 \begin_layout Standard
5168 Notice how the space between items decreases with increasing depth.
5169 We'll explain nesting and all the tricks you can do with different depths
5171 \begin_inset space ~
5175 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5177 reference "sec:Nesting"
5184 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5193 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5200 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5202 name "sec:Enumerate"
5209 \begin_layout Standard
5214 environment is used to create numbered lists and outlines.
5215 It has these properties:
5218 \begin_layout Enumerate
5219 Each item has a numeral as its label.
5223 \begin_layout Enumerate
5224 The type of numeral depends on the nesting depth.
5228 \begin_layout Enumerate
5229 LyX automatically counts the items for you and updates the label as appropriate.
5232 \begin_layout Enumerate
5237 environment resets the counter to one.
5240 \begin_layout Enumerate
5253 \begin_layout Enumerate
5254 Offsets the items relative to the left margin.
5255 Items can have any length.
5258 \begin_layout Enumerate
5259 Reduces the space between items as the nesting depth increases.
5262 \begin_layout Enumerate
5263 Uses different types of labels depending on the nesting depth.
5266 \begin_layout Enumerate
5267 Allows up to a four-fold nesting.
5271 \begin_layout Standard
5280 shows the different labels for each item in LyX.
5281 Here is how LyX labels the four different levels in an
5288 \begin_layout Enumerate
5289 The first level of an
5293 uses Arabic numerals followed by a period.
5297 \begin_layout Enumerate
5298 The second level uses lower case letters surrounded by parentheses.
5302 \begin_layout Enumerate
5303 The third level uses lower-case Roman numerals followed by a period.
5307 \begin_layout Enumerate
5308 The fourth level uses capital letters followed by a period.
5311 \begin_layout Enumerate
5312 Again, notice the decrease in the spacing between items as the nesting depth
5317 \begin_layout Enumerate
5318 Back to the third level
5322 \begin_layout Enumerate
5323 Back to the second level.
5327 \begin_layout Enumerate
5328 Back to the outermost level.
5331 \begin_layout Standard
5332 Once again, you can customize the type of numbering used in the
5337 It involves adding commands to the LaTeX preamble (see the
5342 As stated earlier, such customization only shows up in the printed version,
5346 \begin_layout Standard
5347 There is more to nesting
5351 environments than we've stated here.
5352 You should read section
5353 \begin_inset space ~
5357 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5359 reference "sec:Nesting"
5363 to learn more about nesting.
5366 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5375 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5384 \begin_layout Standard
5385 Unlike the previous two environments, the
5389 list has no fixed label.
5390 Instead, LyX uses the first
5391 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5395 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5398 of the first line as the label.
5402 \begin_layout Description
5403 Example: This is an example of the
5410 \begin_layout Standard
5411 LyX typesets the label in boldface and puts extra space between it and the
5415 \begin_layout Standard
5417 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5421 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5424 it is meant that the first hit of the
5428 key ends the label if you are at the beginning of the first line of an
5430 If you need to use more than one word in the label use a
5438 arg "space-insert protected"
5443 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5444 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5446 \begin_inset space ~
5452 \begin_inset space ~
5456 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5458 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
5462 for more info.) Here is an example:
5465 \begin_layout Description
5467 \begin_inset space ~
5470 Example: This one shows how to use a
5473 \begin_inset space ~
5485 \begin_layout Description
5486 Usage: You should use the
5490 environment for things like definitions and theorems.
5491 Use it when you need to make one word in particular stand out in the text
5493 It's not a good idea to use a
5497 environment when you have an entire sentence that you want to describe.
5498 You're better off using
5510 paragraphs into them.
5513 \begin_layout Description
5514 Nesting: You can nest
5518 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
5522 \begin_layout Standard
5523 Notice that after the first line, LyX indents subsequent lines, offsetting
5524 them from the first line.
5527 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5536 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5545 \begin_layout Standard
5550 environment is a LyX extension to LaTeX.
5554 \begin_layout Standard
5563 environment has user-defined labels for each list item.
5564 There are the following properties of this list environment:
5567 \begin_layout Labeling
5568 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5570 \begin_inset space ~
5573 labels LyX uses the first
5574 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5578 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5581 of each line as the item label.
5586 after the beginning of the first line of an item marks the end of the label.
5587 If you need to use more than one word in an item label, use a protected
5588 blank as described above.
5591 \begin_layout Labeling
5592 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5593 margins As you can see, LyX uses different margins for the item label and
5594 the body of the item text.
5595 The body of the text has a larger left margin, which is equal to the default
5596 label width plus a little extra space.
5600 \begin_layout Labeling
5601 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5603 \begin_inset space ~
5606 width LyX uses the width of the label, or the default width, whatever is
5608 If the label width is larger, the label
5609 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5613 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5616 into the first line.
5617 In other words, the text of the first line isn't aligned with the left
5618 margin of the rest of the item text.
5621 \begin_layout Labeling
5622 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5624 \begin_inset space ~
5627 width You can set the default label width to ensure that the text of all
5632 environment have the same left margin.
5633 \begin_inset Newline newline
5636 To change the default width, select all items in the list.
5639 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5641 \begin_inset space ~
5650 \begin_inset space ~
5655 determines the default label width.
5656 You can use the text of your largest label here, but you can also use the
5658 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5662 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5665 multiple times instead.
5666 The M is the widest character and is a standard unit of widths in LaTeX.
5668 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5672 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5675 as the unit of width you don't need to keep changing the contents of
5678 \begin_inset space ~
5683 every time you alter a label in a
5688 \begin_inset Newline newline
5691 The predefined default width is the length of
5692 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5696 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5701 \begin_inset Newline newline
5705 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
5708 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5713 Setting the cursor into a list item to change only its label width will
5714 only change the width inside LyX but not in the output.
5722 \begin_layout Standard
5727 environment the same way like the
5731 list: When you need one word to stand out from the text that describes
5737 environment gives you another way to do this, using a different overall
5741 \begin_layout Standard
5746 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
5748 They work just like the other list paragraph environments.
5750 \begin_inset space ~
5754 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5756 reference "sec:Nesting"
5760 to learn about nesting.
5763 \begin_layout Standard
5764 There is yet another feature of the
5768 environment: As you can see in the examples, LyX left-justifies the item
5770 You can use additional
5774 to change how LyX justifies the item label.
5779 are documented in section
5780 \begin_inset space ~
5784 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5786 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
5791 Here are some examples:
5794 \begin_layout Labeling
5795 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5796 Left The default for
5803 \begin_layout Labeling
5804 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5805 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
5812 at the beginning of the label right justifies it.
5815 \begin_layout Labeling
5816 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5817 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
5821 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
5828 at the beginning of the label and one at the end centers it.
5831 \begin_layout Subsection
5836 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5845 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5853 \begin_inset space ~
5861 \begin_layout Standard
5862 Although LyX has document classes for letters, we've also created two paragraph
5870 \begin_inset space ~
5876 To use the letter class, you need to use specific paragraph environments
5877 in a specific order, otherwise LaTeX gags on the document.
5878 In contrast, you can use the
5885 \begin_inset space ~
5890 paragraph environments anywhere with no problem.
5891 You can even nest them inside other environments, though you can't nest
5895 \begin_layout Standard
5896 Of course, you're not limited to using
5903 \begin_inset space ~
5912 \begin_inset space ~
5917 , in particular, is useful for creating article titles like those used in
5918 some European academic papers.
5921 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5923 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5925 name "sec:Address-Usage"
5932 \begin_layout Standard
5937 environment formats text in the style of an address, which is also used
5938 for the opening and signature in some countries.
5942 \begin_inset space ~
5947 environment formats text in the style of a right-justified address, which
5948 is used for the sender's address and today's date in some countries.
5949 Here's an example of each:
5952 \begin_layout Right Address
5954 \begin_inset Newline newline
5958 \begin_inset Newline newline
5962 \begin_inset Newline newline
5965 When is it? What is today?
5968 \begin_layout Standard
5972 \begin_inset space ~
5978 Notice that the lines all have the same left margin, which LyX sets to
5979 fit the largest block of text on a single line.
5980 Here's an example of the
5987 \begin_layout Address
5989 \begin_inset Newline newline
5992 Where do I send this
5993 \begin_inset Newline newline
5996 Your post office and country
5999 \begin_layout Standard
6000 As you can see, both
6007 \begin_inset space ~
6012 add extra space between themselves and the next paragraph.
6017 in either of these environments, LyX resets the nesting depth and sets
6023 This makes sense, since
6031 function, and the individual lines of an address are not paragraphs.
6032 Thus, you have to use
6039 arg "newline-insert newline"
6045 \begin_inset space ~
6048 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
6050 \begin_inset space ~
6059 menu) to start a new line in an
6066 \begin_inset space ~
6074 \begin_layout Subsection
6078 \begin_layout Standard
6079 Most academic writing begins with an abstract and ends with a bibliography
6080 or list of references.
6081 LyX contains paragraph environments for both of these.
6084 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6091 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6100 \begin_layout Standard
6105 environment is used for the abstract of an article.
6106 Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
6107 only use it at the beginning of the document, after the title.
6108 Also, don't bother trying to nest
6112 in anything else or vice versa.
6118 environment is only useful in the article and report document classes.
6119 The book document classes ignores the
6123 completely, and it's utterly silly to use
6127 in a letter document class.
6130 \begin_layout Standard
6135 environment does several things for you.
6136 First, it puts the centered label
6137 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6141 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6145 The label and the text of the abstract are separated by some extra vertical
6147 Second, it typesets everything in a smaller font, just as you'd expect.
6148 Lastly, it adds a bit of extra vertical space between the abstract and
6149 the subsequent text.
6150 Well, that's how it will appear on the LyX screen.
6151 The appearance in the output depends on the used article or report class.
6154 \begin_layout Standard
6155 Starting a new paragraph by hitting
6159 does not reset the paragraph environment.
6160 The new paragraph will still be in the
6165 So, you will have to change the paragraph environment yourself when you
6166 finish entering the abstract of your document.
6169 \begin_layout Standard
6170 \begin_inset Float figure
6175 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6177 \begin_inset Graphics
6178 filename clipart/Abstract.pdf
6186 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6187 \begin_inset Caption
6189 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6190 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6192 name "cap:Paragraph-in-the"
6213 \begin_layout Standard
6214 We'd love to give you directly an example of the
6218 environment, but since this document is in the
6219 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6223 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6226 class, we can't do this.
6227 We inserted it therefore as figure
6228 \begin_inset space ~
6232 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6234 reference "cap:Paragraph-in-the"
6239 If you've never heard of an
6240 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6244 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6247 before, you can safely ignore this environment.
6250 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6259 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6266 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6268 name "sub:Biblio_environment"
6275 \begin_layout Standard
6280 environment is used to list references.
6281 Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
6282 only use it at the end of the document.
6287 in anything else or vice versa won't work.
6290 \begin_layout Standard
6291 When you first open a
6295 environment, LyX adds a large vertical space, followed by the heading
6296 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6300 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6304 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6308 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6311 depending on the document class.
6312 The heading is in a large boldface font.
6313 Each paragraph of the
6317 environment is a bibliography entry.
6322 does not reset the paragraph environment.
6323 Each new paragraph is still in the
6330 \begin_layout Standard
6331 There is another, usually better way to include references in your document
6332 by using a BibTeX database.
6333 For more information on that, and for a a detailed description of LyX's
6334 bibliography handling, have a look at in section
6335 \begin_inset space ~
6339 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6341 reference "sec:Bibliography"
6348 \begin_layout Subsection
6355 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6356 Paragraph ! LyX code
6362 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6371 \begin_layout Standard
6376 environment is another LyX extension.
6377 It type-sets text in a typewriter-style font.
6382 key as a fixed whitespace;
6386 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6398 \begin_inset space ~
6403 instead of an end-of-word marker.
6408 this is the only case in which you can type multiple whitespaces in LyX.
6409 If you need to insert blank lines, you'll still need to use
6412 arg "newline-insert newline"
6429 does not reset the paragraph environment.
6430 So, when you finish using the
6434 environment, you'll need to change the paragraph environment yourself.
6435 Also, you can nest the
6439 environment inside of others.
6442 \begin_layout Standard
6443 There are a few quirks with this environment:
6446 \begin_layout Itemize
6450 arg "newline-insert newline"
6453 at the beginning of a new paragraph (i.
6454 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
6458 \begin_inset space ~
6468 arg "newline-insert newline"
6474 \begin_layout Itemize
6478 arg "newline-insert newline"
6489 \begin_layout Itemize
6494 to begin a new paragraph, then you can use a
6501 \begin_layout Itemize
6505 arg "space-insert protected"
6512 \begin_layout Itemize
6513 You can't have an empty paragraph or an empty line.
6514 You must put at least one
6518 in any line you want blank.
6519 Otherwise, LaTeX generates errors.
6522 \begin_layout Itemize
6523 You cannot get the typewriter double quotes by typing
6527 since that will insert
6532 You get the typewriter double quotes with
6535 arg "self-insert \""
6541 \begin_layout Standard
6545 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6549 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6553 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6557 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6561 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6562 printf("Hello World!
6567 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6571 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6575 \begin_layout Standard
6576 This is just the standard
6577 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6581 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6588 \begin_layout Standard
6593 has one purpose: to typeset code, such as program source, shell scripts,
6594 rc-files, and so on.
6595 Use it only in those very special cases where you need to generate text
6596 as if you used a typewriter.
6600 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6601 Paragraph environments|)
6609 \begin_layout Section
6610 Nesting Environments
6614 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6615 Nesting ! Environments
6621 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6630 \begin_layout Subsection
6634 \begin_layout Standard
6635 LyX treats text as a unified block with a particular context and specific
6637 This allows you to create blocks that inherits some of the properties of
6639 For example you have three main points in an outline, but point #2 also
6641 In other words, you have a list inside of another list, with the inner
6643 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6647 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6653 \begin_layout Enumerate
6657 \begin_layout Enumerate
6662 \begin_layout Enumerate
6666 \begin_layout Enumerate
6671 \begin_layout Enumerate
6675 \begin_layout Standard
6676 You put a list inside of a list by nesting one list inside the other.
6677 Nesting an environment is quite simple: Select
6680 \begin_inset space ~
6684 \begin_inset space ~
6692 \begin_inset space ~
6696 \begin_inset space ~
6705 menu to change the nesting depth of the current paragraph (the status bar
6706 will tell you how far you are nested).
6707 Instead of the menu, you can also use the toolbar buttons
6708 \begin_inset Graphics
6709 filename ../images/depth-increment.png
6714 \begin_inset Graphics
6715 filename ../images/depth-decrement.png
6719 or the convenient key bindings
6730 arg "depth-increment"
6736 arg "depth-decrement"
6739 to change the nesting level.
6740 The change will work on the current selection if you have made one (allowing
6741 you to change the nesting of several paragraphs at once), or the current
6745 \begin_layout Standard
6746 Note that LyX only changes the nesting depth if it can.
6747 If it's invalid to do so, nothing happens if you try to change the depth.
6748 Additionally, if you change the depth of one paragraph, it affects the
6749 depth of every paragraph nested inside of it.
6752 \begin_layout Standard
6753 Nesting isn't limited to lists.
6754 In LyX, you can nest just about anything inside anything else, as you're
6756 This is the real power of nesting paragraph environments.
6759 \begin_layout Subsection
6760 What You Can and Can't Nest
6763 \begin_layout Standard
6764 Before we fire a list of paragraph environments at you, we need to tell
6765 you a little bit more about how nesting works.
6768 \begin_layout Standard
6769 The question if nesting a paragraph environment is possible, is a bit more
6770 complicated than a simple yes or no.
6771 There are three types of paragraph environments:
6774 \begin_layout Itemize
6775 Completely unnestable
6778 \begin_layout Itemize
6779 Fully nestable, you can nest them inside of things and you can also nest
6780 other things inside of them.
6783 \begin_layout Itemize
6784 A third type, you can nest them into other environments, but you can't nest
6788 \begin_layout Standard
6789 Here's a list of the three types of nesting behavior, and which paragraph
6790 environments have them:
6793 \begin_layout Description
6794 Unnestable Can't nest them.
6795 Can't nest into them.
6799 \begin_layout Itemize
6805 \begin_layout Itemize
6811 \begin_layout Itemize
6817 \begin_layout Itemize
6823 \begin_layout Itemize
6830 \begin_layout Description
6832 \begin_inset space ~
6835 Nestable You can nest them.
6836 You can nest other things into them.
6840 \begin_layout Itemize
6846 \begin_layout Itemize
6852 \begin_layout Itemize
6858 \begin_layout Itemize
6864 \begin_layout Itemize
6870 \begin_layout Itemize
6876 \begin_layout Itemize
6882 \begin_layout Itemize
6889 \begin_layout Description
6890 Nestable-Inside You can nest them inside of other things.
6891 You can't nest anything into them.
6895 \begin_layout Itemize
6901 \begin_layout Itemize
6907 \begin_layout Itemize
6913 \begin_layout Itemize
6919 \begin_layout Itemize
6925 \begin_layout Itemize
6931 \begin_layout Itemize
6937 \begin_layout Itemize
6943 \begin_layout Itemize
6949 \begin_layout Itemize
6955 \begin_layout Itemize
6961 \begin_layout Itemize
6967 \begin_layout Itemize
6973 \begin_layout Itemize
6977 \begin_inset space ~
6983 \begin_layout Itemize
6990 \begin_layout Standard
6991 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
6994 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6999 Although it is possible to nest numbered section headings like
7008 \begin_inset space ~
7012 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
7016 \begin_inset space \space{}
7019 lists, it is highly recommended not to do this.
7020 Because the aim is to create well structured documents following usual
7021 guidelines of typesetting, but nested section headings violates them.
7029 \begin_layout Subsection
7030 Nesting Other Things: Tables, Math, Floats, etc.
7034 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7035 Nesting ! Tables etc.
7043 \begin_layout Standard
7044 There are several things that aren't paragraph environments, but which are
7045 affected by nesting anyhow.
7049 \begin_layout Itemize
7053 \begin_layout Itemize
7057 \begin_layout Itemize
7061 \begin_layout Standard
7063 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
7066 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7071 Figures and tables in
7075 are not affected by this.
7080 Have a look at section
7081 \begin_inset space ~
7085 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
7087 reference "sec:Floats"
7091 for more informations about
7098 \begin_layout Standard
7099 LyX can treat these three objects as either a word or as a paragraph.
7100 If a figure, table, or an equation is inline, it goes wherever the paragraph
7104 \begin_layout Standard
7105 On the other hand, if you have an equation, figure or table in a
7106 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7110 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7113 of its own, it behaves just like a
7114 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7118 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7121 paragraph environment.
7122 You can nest it into any environment, but you obviously can't nest anything
7126 \begin_layout Standard
7127 Here's an example with a table:
7130 \begin_layout Enumerate
7135 \begin_layout Enumerate
7136 This is (a) and it's nested.
7140 \begin_layout Standard
7141 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7147 \begin_layout Standard
7149 \begin_inset Tabular
7150 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
7152 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7153 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7155 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7158 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7173 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7176 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7193 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7196 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7211 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7214 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7237 \begin_layout Standard
7238 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7245 \begin_layout Enumerate
7247 The table is actually nested inside (a).
7251 \begin_layout Enumerate
7255 \begin_layout Standard
7256 If we hadn't nested the table at all, the list would look like this:
7259 \begin_layout Enumerate
7264 \begin_layout Enumerate
7265 This is (a) and it's nested.
7269 \begin_layout Standard
7270 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7276 \begin_layout Standard
7278 \begin_inset Tabular
7279 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
7281 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7282 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7284 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7287 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7302 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7305 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7322 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7325 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7340 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7343 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7366 \begin_layout Standard
7367 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7373 \begin_layout Enumerate
7380 In fact, it's not nested at all.
7383 \begin_layout Enumerate
7387 \begin_layout Standard
7388 Notice how item (b) is not only no longer nested, but is also the first
7392 \begin_layout Standard
7393 There's another trap you can fall into: Nesting the table, but not going
7395 LyX then turns anything after the table into a new sublist.
7398 \begin_layout Enumerate
7403 \begin_layout Enumerate
7404 This is (a) and it's nested.
7407 \begin_layout Standard
7408 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7414 \begin_layout Standard
7416 \begin_inset Tabular
7417 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
7419 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7420 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7422 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7425 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7440 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7443 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7460 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7463 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7478 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7481 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7504 \begin_layout Standard
7505 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7511 \begin_layout Enumerate
7513 The table is actually nested inside Item One, but
7521 \begin_layout Enumerate
7525 \begin_layout Standard
7526 As you can see, item (b) turned into the first item of a new list, but a
7532 The same thing would have happened to a figure or an equation.
7533 So, if you nest tables, figures or equations, make sure you go to the right
7537 \begin_layout Subsection
7538 Usage and General Features
7541 \begin_layout Standard
7542 Speaking of levels, LyX can perform up to a six-fold nesting.
7544 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7548 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7551 is the innermost possible depth.
7552 Here's an example to display what we mean:
7555 \begin_layout Enumerate
7556 level #1 - outermost
7560 \begin_layout Enumerate
7565 \begin_layout Enumerate
7570 \begin_layout Enumerate
7575 \begin_layout Itemize
7580 \begin_layout Itemize
7589 \begin_layout Standard
7590 There are two exceptions to the six-fold nesting limit, and you can see
7591 both of them in the example.
7592 Unlike the other fully-nestable environments, you can only perform a four-fold
7602 For example, if we tried to nest another
7607 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7611 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7617 \begin_layout Subsection
7622 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7631 \begin_layout Standard
7632 The best way to explain just what you can do with nesting is by illustration.
7633 We have several examples of nested environments.
7634 In them, we explain how we created the example, so that you can reproduce
7638 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7639 Example 1: The Six-fold Way and Mixed Nesting
7642 \begin_layout Labeling
7643 \labelwidthstring MMM
7644 #1-a This is the outermost level.
7653 \begin_layout Labeling
7654 \labelwidthstring MMM
7655 #2-a This is level #2.
7656 We created it by using
7659 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
7665 arg "depth-increment"
7672 \begin_layout Labeling
7673 \labelwidthstring MMM
7674 #3-a This is level #3.
7675 This time, we just hit
7682 arg "depth-increment"
7686 We could have also created it the same way as we did the previous level,
7690 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
7696 arg "depth-increment"
7703 \begin_layout Standard
7708 environment, nested inside of
7709 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7713 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7717 So, it's at level #4.
7718 We did this by hitting
7721 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
7727 arg "depth-increment"
7730 , then changing the paragraph environment to
7735 Do this to create list items with more than one paragraph - it also works
7751 \begin_layout Standard
7756 paragraph, also at level #4, made with just a
7759 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
7765 \begin_layout Labeling
7766 \labelwidthstring MMM
7767 #4-a This is level #4.
7771 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
7774 and changed the paragraph environment back to
7779 Remember - we can't nest anything inside of a
7783 environment, which is why we're still at level #4.
7788 keep nesting things inside of
7789 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7793 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7800 \begin_layout Labeling
7801 \labelwidthstring MMM
7802 #5-a This is level #5\SpecialChar \ldots{}
7807 \begin_layout Labeling
7808 \labelwidthstring MMM
7809 #6-a \SpecialChar \ldots{}
7810 and this is level #6.
7811 By now, you should know how we made these two.
7815 \begin_layout Labeling
7816 \labelwidthstring MMM
7817 #5-b Back to level #5.
7821 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
7827 arg "depth-decrement"
7834 \begin_layout Labeling
7835 \labelwidthstring MMM
7839 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
7845 arg "depth-decrement"
7848 , we're back at level #4.
7852 \begin_layout Labeling
7853 \labelwidthstring MMM
7854 #3-b Back to level #3.
7855 By now it should be obvious how we did this.
7859 \begin_layout Labeling
7860 \labelwidthstring MMM
7861 #2-b Back to level #2.
7866 \begin_layout Labeling
7867 \labelwidthstring MMM
7868 #1-b And last, back to the outermost level, #1.
7869 After this sentence, we'll hit
7873 and change the paragraph environment back to
7880 \begin_layout Standard
7881 We could have also used the
7897 environment in place of the
7902 The example would have worked exactly the same.
7905 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7906 Example 2: Inheritance
7909 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7910 This is the LyX-Code environment, at level #1, the outermost
7913 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7922 arg "depth-increment"
7925 , after which, we'll change to the
7933 \begin_layout Enumerate
7938 environment, at level #2.
7941 \begin_layout Enumerate
7942 Notice how the nested
7946 not only inherits its margins from its parent environment (
7950 ), but also inherits its font and spacing!
7954 \begin_layout Standard
7955 We ended this example by hitting
7960 After that, we needed to reset the paragraph environment to
7964 and resetting the nesting depth by using
7967 arg "depth-decrement"
7973 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7974 Example 3: Labels, Levels, and the
7986 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7987 Example #3: Labels, Levels and other list environments
7995 \begin_layout Enumerate
7996 This is level #1, in an
8000 paragraph environment.
8001 We're actually going to nest a bunch of these.
8005 \begin_layout Enumerate
8010 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8016 arg "depth-increment"
8020 Now, what happens if we nest an
8024 environment inside of this one? It will be at level #3, but what will its
8025 label be? An asterisk?
8029 \begin_layout Itemize
8039 environment, even though it's at level #3.
8040 So, its label is a bullet.
8041 (We got here by using
8044 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8050 arg "depth-increment"
8053 , then changing the environment to
8061 \begin_layout Itemize
8062 Here's level #4, produced using
8065 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8071 arg "depth-increment"
8075 We'll do that again\SpecialChar \ldots{}
8080 \begin_layout Enumerate
8081 \SpecialChar \ldots{}
8083 This time, however, we also changed the paragraph environment back to
8088 Notice the type of numbering, it is
8092 , because we are in the
8101 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8120 \begin_layout Enumerate
8125 change the paragraph environment, but decrease the nesting depth? What
8126 type of numbering does LyX use?
8129 \begin_layout Enumerate
8130 Oh, as if you couldn't guess by now, we're just using
8133 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8136 to keep the current environment and depth but create a new item.
8139 \begin_layout Enumerate
8143 arg "depth-decrement"
8146 to decrease the depth after the next
8149 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8156 \begin_layout Enumerate
8158 Look what type of label LyX is using!
8162 \begin_layout Enumerate
8164 Even though we've changed levels, LyX is still using a lowercase Roman
8165 numeral as the label.Why?
8168 \begin_layout Enumerate
8169 Because, even though the nesting depth has changed, the paragraph is
8178 Notice, however, that LyX
8182 reset the counter for the label.
8186 \begin_layout Enumerate
8190 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8196 arg "depth-decrement"
8199 sequence, and we're back to level #2.
8200 This time, we not only changed the nesting depth, but we also moved back
8201 into the twofold-nested
8209 \begin_layout Enumerate
8210 The same thing happens if we do another
8213 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8219 arg "depth-decrement"
8222 sequence and return to level #1, the outermost level.
8225 \begin_layout Standard
8226 Lastly, we reset the environment to
8231 As you can see, the level number doesn't correspond to what type of labeling
8245 environments surrounding it determines what kind of label LyX uses for
8251 The same rule applies for the
8255 environment, as well.
8258 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8259 Example 4: Going Bonkers
8262 \begin_layout Enumerate
8263 We're going to go totally nuts now.
8264 We won't nest as deep as in the other examples, nor will we go into the
8265 same detail with how we did it.
8274 \begin_layout Standard
8282 arg "depth-increment"
8289 : level #2) We'll stick an encapsulated description of how we created the
8290 example in parentheses someplace.
8291 For example, the two keybindings are how we changed the depth.
8292 The environment name is the name of the current environment.
8293 Either before or after this, we'll put in the level.
8297 \begin_layout Enumerate
8302 : level #1) This is the next item in the list.
8307 Now we'll add verse.
8308 \begin_inset Newline newline
8311 It will get much worse.
8312 \begin_inset Newline newline
8322 arg "depth-increment"
8333 Fiddle dee, Fiddle doo.
8334 \begin_inset Newline newline
8337 Bippitey boppitey boo!
8338 \begin_inset Newline newline
8344 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8357 \begin_layout Standard
8358 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8364 \begin_layout Standard
8366 \begin_inset Tabular
8367 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
8369 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8370 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8372 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
8375 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8390 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8393 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8410 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
8413 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8428 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8431 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8459 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8469 arg "depth-increment"
8475 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8485 arg "depth-decrement"
8492 \begin_layout Enumerate
8497 : level #1) This is another item.
8498 Note that selecting a
8502 resets the nesting depth to level #1, so we increased the nesting depth
8503 3 times to put the table inside the
8511 \begin_layout Quotation
8512 We're now ending the
8516 list and changing to
8521 We're still at level #1.
8522 We want to show you some of the things you can do by mixing environments.
8523 The next set of paragraphs is a
8524 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8528 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8538 \begin_inset space ~
8543 environments inside of this one, then use another nested
8547 for the letter body.
8551 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8554 to preserve the depth.
8555 Remember that you need to use
8558 arg "newline-insert newline"
8561 to create multiple lines inside the
8568 \begin_inset space ~
8578 \begin_layout Right Address
8580 \begin_inset Newline newline
8583 Moosegroin, MT 00100
8584 \begin_inset Newline newline
8590 \begin_layout Address
8592 \begin_inset space ~
8598 \begin_layout Quotation
8599 We regret to inform you that we cannot fill your order for 50
8600 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8603 L of compressed methane gas due to circumstances beyond our control.
8604 Unfortunately, several of our cows have mysteriously exploded, creating
8605 a backlog in our orders for methane.
8606 We will place your name on the waiting list and try to fill your order
8607 as soon as possible.
8608 In the meantime, we thank you for your patience.
8611 \begin_layout Quotation
8612 We do, however, now have a special on beef.
8613 If you are interested, please return the enclosed pricing and order form
8614 with your order, along with payment.
8617 \begin_layout Quotation
8618 We thank you again for your patience.
8621 \begin_layout Address
8623 \begin_inset Newline newline
8630 \begin_layout Quotation
8631 That ends that example!
8634 \begin_layout Standard
8635 As you can see, nesting environments in LyX gives you a lot of power with
8636 just a few keystrokes.
8637 We could have easily nested an
8658 You have a huge variety of options at your disposal.
8661 \begin_layout Section
8662 Spacing, pagination and line breaks
8666 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8675 \begin_layout Standard
8676 What is a space? While you might be used to press the space key anytime
8677 you want to separate two words in ordinary word processors, LyX offers
8678 you more spaces: Spaces of different width and spaces which can or cannot
8679 be broken at the end of a line.
8680 The following sections will show you some examples where those spaces are
8684 \begin_layout Subsection
8686 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8688 name "sub:Protected-Space"
8696 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8705 \begin_layout Standard
8706 The protected space: It is used to tell LyX (and LaTeX) not to break the
8708 This may be necessary to avoid unlucky linebreaks, like in:
8712 Further documentation is given in section
8713 \begin_inset Newline newline
8717 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8719 reference "sec:Bibliography"
8727 \begin_layout Standard
8728 Obviously, it would be a good thing to put a protected space between
8729 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8733 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8737 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8741 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8743 reference "sec:Bibliography"
8748 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8752 A protected space is set with
8754 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8755 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8759 \begin_inset space ~
8769 arg "space-insert protected"
8775 \begin_layout Subsection
8777 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8779 name "sub:Horizontal-Space"
8787 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8788 Spacing ! Horizontal
8796 \begin_layout Standard
8797 All horizontal spaces can be inserted with the menu
8799 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8800 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8804 The length units are listed in Appendix
8805 \begin_inset space ~
8809 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8811 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
8818 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8820 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8822 name "sub:Inter-word-Space"
8830 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8839 \begin_layout Standard
8841 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8845 \begin_inset space \space{}
8848 English) have the typographical convention to add extra space after an end-of-se
8849 ntence punctuation mark, and LyX honors those conventions (see section
8850 \begin_inset space ~
8854 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8856 reference "sub:Abbreviations"
8861 Sometimes, you want a normal space nevertheless.
8862 In this case, insert an inter-word space (shortcut
8865 arg "space-insert normal"
8871 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8873 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8875 name "sub:Thin-Space"
8883 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8892 \begin_layout Standard
8894 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8898 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8901 is a blank which has half the size of a normal space (and it is also
8902 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8906 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8910 The typographical conventions in a lot of languages propose the use of
8911 thin spaces in cases where normal spaces would be too wide, for instance
8912 inside abbreviations:
8917 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8921 Knuth has developed our beloved typesetting program.
8924 \begin_layout Standard
8925 or between values and units.
8926 Compare for example this:
8927 \begin_inset Newline newline
8931 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8935 \begin_inset Newline newline
8941 \begin_layout Standard
8942 You can insert thin spaces also with the menu
8944 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8945 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8947 \begin_inset space ~
8955 arg "space-insert thin"
8961 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8963 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8965 name "sub:More-Spaces"
8972 \begin_layout Standard
8973 You can furthermore insert the following space types:
8976 \begin_layout Description
8978 \begin_inset space ~
8982 \begin_inset space ~
8986 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
8990 \begin_inset space \negthinspace{}
8994 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
8997 Negative thin space between the arrows.
9000 \begin_layout Description
9002 \begin_inset space ~
9006 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9010 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9014 \begin_inset space \enskip{}
9018 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9022 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9025 em) space between the arrows.
9028 \begin_layout Description
9030 \begin_inset space ~
9034 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9038 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9042 \begin_inset space \quad{}
9046 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9050 \begin_inset space ~
9054 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9057 em) space between the arrows.
9060 \begin_layout Description
9062 \begin_inset space ~
9066 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9070 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9074 \begin_inset space \qquad{}
9078 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9082 \begin_inset space ~
9086 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9089 em) space between the arrows.
9092 \begin_layout Description
9094 \begin_inset space ~
9098 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9102 \begin_inset space \hspace{}
9107 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9111 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9114 cm space between the arrows.
9117 \begin_layout Standard
9119 \begin_inset space ~
9123 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9125 reference "tab:Width-of-the"
9129 lists the different space sizes.
9132 \begin_layout Standard
9133 \begin_inset Float table
9138 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9140 \begin_inset Caption
9142 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9143 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9145 name "tab:Width-of-the"
9149 Width of the different horizontal spaces.
9157 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9159 \begin_inset Tabular
9160 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="8" columns="2">
9162 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
9163 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
9165 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9168 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9176 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9179 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9189 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9192 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9198 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9201 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9203 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9213 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9216 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9222 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9225 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9227 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9237 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9240 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9246 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9249 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9251 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9261 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9264 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9270 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9273 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9275 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9285 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9288 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9290 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9298 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9301 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9303 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9313 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9316 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9318 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9326 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9329 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9331 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9341 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9344 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9346 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9354 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9357 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9359 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9380 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9389 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9398 \begin_layout Standard
9399 Horizontal fills (HFills) are a special LyX feature for adding extra space
9400 in a uniform fashion.
9401 An HFill is actually a variable length space, whose length always equals
9402 the remaining space between the left and right margins.
9403 If there is more than one HFill on a line, they divide the available space
9404 equally between themselves.
9408 \begin_layout Standard
9409 Here a few examples what you can do with them:
9414 This is on the left side
9415 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9418 This is on the right
9424 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9428 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9437 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9441 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9445 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9451 \begin_layout Standard
9452 That was an example in the
9458 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9462 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9466 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9469 is one in a standard paragraph.
9470 It may or may not be apparent in the printed text, but it
9474 sitting in-between the two arrows.
9477 \begin_layout Standard
9478 HFills can be made visible when you choose one of the
9481 \begin_inset space ~
9486 in the space dialog: The following patterns are available:
9489 \begin_layout Standard
9491 \begin_inset space \dotfill{}
9495 \begin_inset space ~
9501 \begin_layout Standard
9503 \begin_inset space \hrulefill{}
9507 \begin_inset space ~
9513 \begin_layout Standard
9515 \begin_inset space \leftarrowfill{}
9519 \begin_inset space ~
9525 \begin_layout Standard
9527 \begin_inset space \rightarrowfill{}
9531 \begin_inset space ~
9537 \begin_layout Standard
9539 \begin_inset space \downbracefill{}
9543 \begin_inset space ~
9549 \begin_layout Standard
9551 \begin_inset space \upbracefill{}
9555 \begin_inset space ~
9561 \begin_layout Standard
9562 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
9565 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9570 If an HFill is at the beginning of a line, and
9574 in the first line in a paragraph, LyX ignores it.
9575 This prevents HFills from accidentally being wrapped onto a new line.
9576 If you need space in this case anyway, set the
9580 option in the space dialog.
9588 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9593 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9602 \begin_layout Standard
9603 Sometimes you want to insert space with exactly the length of a phrase.
9605 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9609 \begin_inset space \space{}
9612 you want to create the following multiple choice question:
9615 \begin_layout Standard
9616 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
9619 What is correct English?:
9620 \begin_inset Newline newline
9624 \begin_inset Newline newline
9628 \begin_inset space ~
9631 Edge would have been jumps the gun.
9632 \begin_inset Newline newline
9639 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9650 \begin_inset Newline newline
9657 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9668 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
9674 \begin_layout Standard
9675 So that the choices appear exactly after the phrase
9676 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9680 \begin_inset space ~
9684 \begin_inset space ~
9688 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9692 To get this, you can use the LaTeX-command
9702 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9704 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9708 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9710 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
9714 for more information about TeX-Code.
9720 In our case write the command
9727 (note the space after
9728 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9732 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9735 ) at the beginning of the last two lines.
9736 The command prints out the phrase within the the two braces, but invisible.
9737 That is why it is named
9738 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9742 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9749 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9750 There exists also the commands
9762 , but this too special for the LyX User Guide.
9763 If you are interested in knowing more about this, have a look at
9764 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
9766 key "latexcompanion,latexguide"
9778 \begin_layout Subsection
9780 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9782 name "sub:Vertical-Space"
9790 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9799 \begin_layout Standard
9800 To add extra vertical space above or below a paragraph, use the
9802 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9803 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9805 \begin_inset space ~
9811 There you find the following sizes:
9814 \begin_layout Standard
9827 are LaTeX sizes which depends on the font size of the document.
9832 is the skip adjusted in the dialog
9834 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9841 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9847 for the paragraph separation.
9848 If you use indentation to separate paragraphs
9859 \begin_layout Standard
9868 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9874 is a variable space, set so that the space is maximal within one page.
9875 An example: You have only two short paragraphs on one page with a vfill
9877 Then the first paragraph is placed at the top of the page and the second
9878 one at the bottom, because the space between them is then maximal.
9887 s: they fill the remaining vertical space on a page with blank space.
9891 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9896 s are described in section
9897 \begin_inset space ~
9901 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9903 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
9912 If there are several
9916 s on a page, they divide the remaining vertical space equally between themselves.
9917 You can therefore use
9921 s to center text on a page, or even place text 2/3 down a page.
9924 \begin_layout Standard
9929 are custom spaces in units explained in Appendix
9930 \begin_inset space ~
9934 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9936 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
9943 \begin_layout Standard
9944 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
9947 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9954 When the extra vertical space would be in the output at the top/bottom of
9955 a page, the space is only added if you have also checked the option
9967 \begin_layout Subsection
9971 \begin_layout Standard
9972 You can change the paragraph alignment with the
9974 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9978 There are four possibilities:
9981 \begin_layout Itemize
9987 \begin_layout Itemize
9993 \begin_layout Itemize
9999 \begin_layout Itemize
10005 \begin_layout Standard
10006 The default in most cases is justified alignment, in which the inter-word
10007 spacing is variable and each line of a paragraph fills the region between
10008 the left and right margins.
10009 The other three alignments should be self-explanatory, and look like this:
10012 \begin_layout Standard
10014 This paragraph is right aligned,
10017 \begin_layout Standard
10019 this one is centered,
10022 \begin_layout Standard
10024 this one is left aligned.
10027 \begin_layout Subsection
10032 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10033 Page breaks ! Forced
10039 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10041 name "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
10048 \begin_layout Standard
10049 If you don't like the way LaTeX does the pagebreaks in your document, you
10050 can force a page break where you want one.
10051 Normally this will not be necessary, because LaTeX is good at page breaking.
10052 Only if you use many
10056 , LaTeX's page breaking algorithm can fail.
10059 \begin_layout Standard
10060 We recommend not to use forced pagebreaks until the text is finished, and
10061 until you have checked in the preview to see if you
10065 have to change the page breaking.
10068 \begin_layout Standard
10069 There are two types of pagebreaks: One that ends the page without any special
10071 This can be inserted above or below a paragraph via the menu
10073 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10074 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10076 \begin_inset space ~
10082 The second type, that is inserted via the menu
10084 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10085 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10087 \begin_inset space ~
10092 , ends a page but stretches the content of the page, so that it fills out
10094 This type is useful to avoid whitespace when a page break produces a page
10095 on which only the last few lines are absent.
10098 \begin_layout Standard
10099 You might try to use a page break to ensure that a figure or table appears
10100 at the top of a page.
10101 This is, of course, the wrong way to do it.
10102 LyX gives you a way of automatically ensuring that your figures and tables
10103 appear at the top of a page (or the bottom, or on their own page) without
10104 having to worry about what precedes or follows your figure or table.
10106 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10108 reference "cha:Floats-and-Notes"
10112 to learn more about
10119 \begin_layout Subsubsection
10121 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10123 name "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
10131 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10132 Page breaks ! Clear
10140 \begin_layout Standard
10141 Differently to forced pagebreaks where the content behind the break is directly
10142 placed at the next page, pages can also be cleared while breaking them.
10143 That means that the current paragraph is terminated and all, perhaps not
10144 yet processed floats from previous document parts are placed behind it,
10145 if necessary by adding pages.
10148 \begin_layout Standard
10149 You can insert a clear page break with the menu
10151 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10152 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10154 \begin_inset space ~
10160 When you have a two-sided document like a book, you can use the menu
10162 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10163 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10165 \begin_inset space ~
10169 \begin_inset space ~
10174 to insert a clear page break that assures that the next page is a right-hand
10175 page (odd-numbered), if necessary by adding a page.
10178 \begin_layout Subsection
10183 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10190 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10192 name "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
10199 \begin_layout Standard
10200 Similar to page breaks there are two types of line breaks: One that simply
10202 You can force this line break within a paragraph by selecting
10204 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10205 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10207 \begin_inset space ~
10211 \begin_inset space ~
10219 arg "newline-insert newline"
10223 Another type that is inserted via the menu
10225 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10226 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10228 \begin_inset space ~
10232 \begin_inset space ~
10237 breaks the line and stretches it so that it fills out the whole space between
10239 This is necessary to avoid
10240 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10244 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10247 in justified paragraphs due to whitespace introduced by line breaks.
10250 \begin_layout Standard
10251 You shouldn't use forced line breaks to correct LaTeX's line breaking, as
10252 LaTeX is very good at line breaking.
10253 There are, however, a number of situations where it is necessary to actively
10254 set a line break, e.
10255 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10259 \begin_inset space \space{}
10262 in a poem or for an address (see sections
10263 \begin_inset space ~
10267 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10269 reference "sec:Quote"
10274 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10276 reference "sec:Verse"
10281 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10283 reference "sec:Address-Usage"
10290 \begin_layout Subsection
10292 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10294 name "sub:Horizontal-Lines"
10302 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10311 \begin_layout Standard
10316 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10317 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10319 \begin_inset space ~
10324 you can insert horizontal lines that span the whole width of the document
10330 \begin_layout Section
10331 Characters and Symbols
10334 \begin_layout Standard
10335 You can directly enter all characters that are available on your keyboard.
10336 You can also use special keyboard maps to be able to enter e.
10337 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10341 \begin_inset space \space{}
10344 characters needed for French with an English keyboard.
10346 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10350 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10352 reference "sub:Keyboard-mapping"
10356 for informations how this is done.
10359 \begin_layout Standard
10360 For the case where you need a character that is not on your keyboard, you
10365 dialog via the menu
10367 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10368 Special Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10374 \begin_layout Standard
10375 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
10378 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10383 Maybe not all symbols inserted with the symbols dialog can be displayed
10384 when you are using a special screen font in LyX's preferences.
10385 But the inserted symbols will in every case be displayed in the output.
10393 \begin_layout Section
10394 Fonts and Text Styles
10395 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10397 name "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
10404 \begin_layout Subsection
10409 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10418 \begin_layout Standard
10419 There are two types of fonts:
10422 \begin_layout Description
10424 \begin_inset space ~
10431 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10437 are fonts, built from outlines of the single glyphs (i.
10438 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10442 characters) in the font.
10443 This means that each glyph is defined using mathematical curves that are
10444 well suited for scaling to any requested size.
10445 This mathematical definition is interpreted by the font renderer and the
10446 curve is filled out with pixels according to the size and glyph.
10447 This means that outline fonts will look pretty good in all sizes.
10448 Only at very small sizes it might be hard to provide a good rendering at
10449 very small sizes, where each pixel has to be very carefully computed to
10450 provide a good image.
10451 \begin_inset Newline newline
10454 One could mean that one only needs to define one font size and scale them.
10455 But to achieve a better quality, many fonts define several font sizes.
10456 That improves the appearance, because you need more details at large font
10457 sizes than at small ones.
10458 \begin_inset Newline newline
10472 \begin_inset space ~
10480 \begin_layout Description
10482 \begin_inset space ~
10489 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10495 on the other hand, are defined by bitmap graphics from the start, so they
10496 will look good at all the sizes they are meant for.
10497 However, they don't scale well, because in order to scale a glyph, each
10498 pixel is enlarged into several pixels.
10499 It is the same effect that happens if you try to enlarge a picture in a
10500 picture manipulation program.
10501 In order to relieve this effect, bitmap fonts are typically provided in
10502 several fixed sizes typically from around 8 pixels high up to 34 pixels
10503 or so high in steps according to what is believed to be useful.
10504 The advantage of bitmap fonts is that no complicated computations are necessary
10505 to display each glyph, so bitmap fonts are thus faster displayed than scalable
10507 The disadvantage is that sizes that don't exists as fixed versions have
10508 to be scaled by doubling pixels, and thus look bad.
10509 \begin_inset Newline newline
10512 Bitmap fonts are named
10515 \begin_inset space ~
10520 in PostScript- and PDF-documents.
10523 \begin_layout Standard
10524 The result of all this, is that bitmap fonts are best for the size they
10525 are designed for, while scalable fonts are good for nearly all sizes.
10526 So one need less font size definitions for scalable fonts.
10527 That's the reason why nearly all text rendering and typesetting programs
10528 use scalable fonts.
10531 \begin_layout Standard
10532 To test which fonts are used in a PDF-document, you can have a look into
10533 its document properties.
10536 \begin_layout Standard
10537 Many modern typesetting and markup languages have begun to move towards
10538 specifying character styles rather than specifying a particular font.
10539 For example, instead of changing to an italicized version of the current
10540 font to emphasize text, you use an
10541 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10545 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10549 This concept fits in perfectly with LyX.
10550 In LyX, you do things based on contexts, rather than focusing on typesetting
10554 \begin_layout Subsection
10555 Document Font and Font size
10556 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10558 name "sub:Document-Font"
10566 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10576 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10585 \begin_layout Standard
10586 You can set the document fonts in the
10588 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10595 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10596 Document ! Settings
10602 There you can specify which font should be used for the three different
10603 font shapes roman (serif),
10606 \begin_inset space ~
10618 \begin_layout Standard
10619 The possible options for the font include
10623 and a list of fonts available on your system.
10628 uses the standard TeX fonts, known as
10629 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10637 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10645 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10650 European Computer Modern
10653 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10663 \begin_layout Standard
10672 are bitmap fonts, they often looks pixeled in PDF output, especially when
10673 you read the PDF in a zoomed size.
10677 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10678 This problem doesn't appear if you read PDFs in
10681 \begin_inset space ~
10686 version 6 or later, because this program includes a special bitmap font
10692 To get rid of pixeled fonts, you have to use a vector font.
10693 There are three ways to use one:
10696 \begin_layout Itemize
10697 One way is to use the
10707 Virtual means that it
10708 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10712 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10719 -glyphs from other fonts.
10720 This has the disadvantage that some characters are missing, like the French
10722 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10726 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10730 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10734 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10741 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10742 Loading the LaTeX-package
10750 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10751 LaTeX-packages ! aeguill
10756 with the document preamble line
10757 \begin_inset Newline newline
10764 usepackage[ec]{aeguill}
10765 \begin_inset Newline newline
10770 will fix the guillemet problem.
10775 and that accented characters are not
10779 glyph, they are build of
10783 characters, the accent and the letter.
10784 Therefore you can't search in documents using the
10788 fonts for words with accented characters.
10789 If you search for example for the French word
10790 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10794 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10797 in a PDF, you won't get any result, because the PDF-viewer searches for
10799 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10803 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10806 and not for the glyph
10807 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10811 \begin_inset space ~
10815 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10821 \begin_layout Itemize
10822 Another possibility is to use three different outline fonts
10826 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10835 , consist of these three main font types
10838 \begin_inset space ~
10867 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10871 \begin_inset space ~
10878 as typewriter font.
10879 \begin_inset Newline newline
10882 The differences between roman,
10885 \begin_inset space ~
10894 fonts are explained in section
10895 \begin_inset space ~
10899 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10901 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
10906 \begin_inset Newline newline
10913 was originally designed for newspapers.
10914 That means its glyphs are smaller than the one from other fonts to fit
10915 into the small newspaper columns.
10920 is not the optimal choice for larger documents like books.
10923 \begin_layout Itemize
10924 The best solution is to use the
10933 These fonts were developed in order of the LaTeX community to replace
10937 as the default font.
10938 In most cases they look the same as
10946 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10947 One difference is improved kerning for the
10960 covers a vast number of characters over the other two families
10971 \begin_layout Standard
10972 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
10975 For the font size there are four possible values:
10992 depends on your LaTeX-system, normally it is equal to the font size 10.
10995 \begin_layout Standard
10996 The font sizes are the
11001 That means that LyX scales all other possible font sizes (such as those
11002 used in footnotes, super-, and subscripts) by this value.
11003 You can fine-tune the font size of text parts via the
11006 \begin_inset space ~
11012 The possible font sizes for text parts are explained in section
11013 \begin_inset space ~
11017 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11019 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
11026 \begin_layout Standard
11031 allows users of the languages Chinese, Japanese, Korean (CJK) to specify
11032 a font to display the script characters.
11036 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11037 The font will be the argument for the commands of the LaTeX-package
11042 So this has no effect for the document language
11058 \begin_layout Standard
11059 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
11063 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
11066 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11071 When you choose a new font or font size, LyX does
11075 change the screen font! You will only see a difference in the printed output;
11076 this is part of the WYSIWYM concept.
11077 LyX's screen fonts can be adjusted in the
11079 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11082 dialog, see section
11083 \begin_inset space ~
11087 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11089 reference "sub:Screen-Fonts"
11101 \begin_layout Subsection
11102 Using Different Character Styles
11106 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11116 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11125 \begin_layout Standard
11126 As we've already seen, LyX automatically changes the character style for
11127 certain paragraph environments.
11128 LyX supports two character styles,
11137 You can activate both of these styles via keybindings, the menus, and the
11141 \begin_layout Standard
11146 style, do one of the following:
11149 \begin_layout Itemize
11150 click on the toolbar button
11151 \begin_inset Graphics
11152 filename ../images/font-noun.png
11159 \begin_layout Itemize
11160 use the key binding
11169 \begin_layout Standard
11170 These commands are all toggles.
11175 style is already active, they deactivate it.
11178 \begin_layout Standard
11179 One typically uses the
11183 style for proper names.
11185 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11192 is the original author of LyX.
11193 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11199 \begin_layout Standard
11200 A more widely used character style is the
11205 You can activate (or deactivate - it's also a toggle) the
11212 \begin_layout Itemize
11213 clicking on the toolbar button
11214 \begin_inset Graphics
11215 filename ../images/font-emph.png
11222 \begin_layout Itemize
11223 using the keybindings
11232 \begin_layout Standard
11237 style is equivalent to an italic font but some document classes or LaTeX-packag
11238 es use a different font.
11241 \begin_layout Standard
11242 We've been using the
11246 style all over the place in this document.
11247 Here's one more example:
11250 \begin_layout Quotation
11253 Don't overuse character styles!
11256 \begin_layout Standard
11257 It's also a warning in addition to an example.
11258 One's writing should parallel ordinary conversation.
11259 Since we don't all constantly scream at each other, we should also avoid
11260 the common tendency to overuse character style.
11264 \begin_layout Standard
11265 You can always reset to the default font using the key binding
11273 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11275 \begin_inset space ~
11283 \begin_layout Subsection
11284 Fine-Tuning with the
11289 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11291 name "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
11299 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11308 \begin_layout Standard
11309 There are always occasions when you will need to do some fine-tuning, so
11310 LyX gives you a way to create a custom character style.
11311 For example, an academic journal or a corporation may have a style sheet
11312 requiring a sans-serif font be used in certain situations.
11313 Also, writers sometimes use a different font to offset a character's thoughts
11314 from ordinary dialog.
11317 \begin_layout Standard
11318 Before we document how to use custom character style, we want to issue a
11319 warning yet again: Don't overuse character styles!
11320 \begin_inset Newline newline
11323 Documents that overuse different fonts and sizes are not well readable and
11324 tend to look as if someone has knocked huge holes in them.
11327 \begin_layout Standard
11328 To use custom character styles, open the
11330 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11332 \begin_inset space ~
11338 There are several boxes on this dialog, each corresponding to a different
11339 font property which you can choose.
11340 You can choose an option for one of these properties, or select
11343 \begin_inset space ~
11348 , which keeps the current state of that property.
11353 will reset the property to whatever is the default.
11354 You can use this to reset attributes across a bunch of different paragraph
11355 environments in a snap.
11358 \begin_layout Standard
11359 The font properties, and their options (in addition to
11362 \begin_inset space ~
11374 \begin_layout Labeling
11375 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11381 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11385 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11389 The possible options are:
11393 \begin_layout Labeling
11394 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11399 This is the Roman font family.
11400 Normally a serif font.
11401 It's also the default family.
11411 \begin_layout Labeling
11412 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11416 \begin_inset space ~
11423 This is the Sans Serif font family.
11435 \begin_layout Labeling
11436 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11443 This is the Typewriter font family.
11449 arg "font-typewriter"
11458 \begin_layout Labeling
11459 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11464 This corresponds to the print weight.
11469 \begin_layout Labeling
11470 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11475 This is the Medium font series.
11476 It's also the default series.
11479 \begin_layout Labeling
11480 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11487 This is the Bold font series.
11500 \begin_layout Labeling
11501 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11506 As the name implies.
11511 \begin_layout Labeling
11512 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11517 This is the Upright font shape.
11518 It's also the default shape.
11521 \begin_layout Labeling
11522 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11536 s the Italic font shape
11542 \begin_layout Labeling
11543 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11550 This is the Slanted font shape
11552 (although it might not be visible in LyX, this is different from italic).
11555 \begin_layout Labeling
11556 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11560 \begin_inset space ~
11567 This is the Small caps font shape
11574 \begin_layout Labeling
11575 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11580 Alters the size of the font.
11581 You'll find no numerical values here; all possible sizes are actually proportio
11582 nal to the document font size.
11583 Once again, you don't feed LyX the details, but a general description of
11584 what you want to do.
11589 \begin_layout Labeling
11590 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11598 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11602 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11611 arg "font-size tiny"
11617 \begin_layout Labeling
11618 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11626 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11630 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11639 arg "font-size scriptsize"
11645 \begin_layout Labeling
11646 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11654 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11658 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11667 arg "font-size footnotesize"
11673 \begin_layout Labeling
11674 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11682 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11686 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11695 arg "font-size small"
11701 \begin_layout Labeling
11702 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11708 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11712 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11716 It's also the default size.
11720 arg "font-size normal"
11726 \begin_layout Labeling
11727 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11735 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11739 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11748 arg "font-size large"
11754 \begin_layout Labeling
11755 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11763 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11767 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11776 arg "font-size larger"
11782 \begin_layout Labeling
11783 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11791 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11795 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11804 arg "font-size largest"
11810 \begin_layout Labeling
11811 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11819 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11823 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11832 arg "font-size huge"
11838 \begin_layout Labeling
11839 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11847 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11851 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11860 arg "font-size giant"
11867 \begin_layout Standard
11872 : don't go crazy with this feature.
11873 You should almost never need to change the font size.
11874 LyX automatically changes the font size for different paragraph environments
11875 - use that instead.
11876 This is here for fine-tuning only!
11879 \begin_layout Labeling
11880 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11885 Here you can change a few other things at the character level.
11890 \begin_layout Labeling
11891 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11898 This is text with emphasize on
11901 This might seem like the same as
11905 , but it is actually a bit different.
11911 That means every document class can define its own font used for emphasized
11913 Normally this font is equal to italic.
11916 \begin_layout Labeling
11917 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11924 This is text with Underbar on.
11930 arg "font-underline"
11936 \begin_inset Newline newline
11941 Avoid using underbar if you can! It's a holdover from the typewriter days,
11942 when you couldn't change fonts.
11943 We no longer need to emphasize text by underscoring characters.
11944 It's only included in LyX because some people
11948 need it in order to follow style sheets for journal submissions.
11951 \begin_layout Labeling
11952 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11959 This is text with Noun on.
11966 , this is a logical attribute.
11967 Normally it's equivalent to
11970 \begin_inset space ~
11979 \begin_layout Labeling
11980 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11985 You can adjust the color of the text with this control.
11986 Notice that not all DVI-viewers are able to display colors.
11990 \begin_inset space ~
11995 , which is the default
11996 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12000 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12003 and means normally black, you can choose between
12039 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12048 \begin_layout Labeling
12049 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12054 This is used to mark regions of text as having a different language from
12055 the language of the document.
12056 Text marked in this way will be underlined in blue to indicate the change
12060 \begin_layout Standard
12061 So you have a huge number of combinations to choose from.
12062 Once you've chosen a new character style via the
12064 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12066 \begin_inset space ~
12071 dialog, the settings are saved.
12072 You can activate them using the toolbar button
12073 \begin_inset Graphics
12074 filename ../images/textstyle-apply.png
12079 The button lets you toggle the state of your custom character style even
12080 when the dialog isn't visible.
12084 \begin_layout Standard
12085 To completely reset the character style to the default, use
12092 If you want to toggle only those properties that you have just changed
12093 (suppose you just set the shape to
12094 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12098 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12102 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12106 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12112 \begin_inset space ~
12124 \begin_layout Standard
12125 You should also know something about the differences between the three main
12133 \begin_inset space ~
12145 \begin_layout Itemize
12151 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12155 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12158 font, that means every character has the same width, the
12159 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12163 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12167 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12171 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12176 \begin_inset Newline newline
12183 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12196 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12208 \begin_inset Note Note
12211 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12212 For more on phantoms see section
12213 \begin_inset space ~
12217 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
12219 reference "sub:More-Spaces"
12229 \begin_inset Newline newline
12235 \begin_layout Itemize
12240 fonts use characters with serifs.
12241 These are the small
12242 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12246 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12249 at all ends of of the streaks that form the character.
12250 The following example will show the difference:
12251 \begin_inset Newline newline
12255 \begin_inset Newline newline
12260 text without serifs
12263 \begin_inset Newline newline
12266 Serifs facilitate quick and easy reading.
12267 These fonts are therefore used as default (named
12274 \begin_layout Itemize
12280 This font type is therefore often used for headings and short texts.
12281 We use it in this document to highlight menu names.
12284 \begin_layout Standard
12285 We conclude with the same warning once again: Don't overuse the fonts.
12286 They are, more often than not, a kludge and a bad substitute for good writing.
12289 \begin_layout Section
12290 Printing and Previewing
12293 \begin_layout Subsection
12297 \begin_layout Standard
12298 Now that we've covered some of the basic features of document preparation
12299 using LyX, you probably want to know how to print out your masterpiece.
12300 Before we tell you that, we want to give you a quick explanation of what
12301 goes on behind-the-scenes.
12302 We cover these informations in much greater detail in the
12305 \begin_inset space ~
12313 \begin_layout Standard
12314 LyX uses the program LaTeX as its backend.
12315 LaTeX is just a macro package for the TeX typesetting system, but to prevent
12316 confusion, we'll only refer to LaTeX.
12317 LyX is what you use to do your actual writing.
12318 Then, LyX calls LaTeX to turn your writing into printable output.
12319 This happens in two stages:
12322 \begin_layout Enumerate
12323 First, LyX converts your document to a series of text commands for LaTeX,
12324 generating a file with the extension,
12325 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12333 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12339 \begin_layout Enumerate
12340 Next, LaTeX uses the commands in the
12344 file to produce printable output.
12348 \begin_layout Subsection
12349 Output file formats
12353 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12360 \begin_inset CommandInset label
12362 name "sub:Output-file-formats"
12369 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12374 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12375 File formats ! ASCII
12383 \begin_layout Standard
12384 This file type has the extension
12385 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12393 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12397 It contains your document as plain text following the rules of the
12398 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12401 American Standard Code for Information Interchange
12402 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12408 \begin_layout Standard
12409 You can export your document to ASCII by the menu
12411 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12412 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12418 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12423 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12424 File formats ! LaTeX
12432 \begin_layout Standard
12433 This file type has the extension
12434 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12442 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12445 and contains all commands that are necessary for the LaTeX program to process
12447 If you know LaTeX, you can use it to find out LaTeX-Errors or to process
12448 it manually with console commands.
12449 The LaTeX-file is automatically created in LyX's temporary directory whenever
12450 you view or export your document.
12453 \begin_layout Standard
12454 You can export your document as LaTeX-file using the menu
12456 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12457 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12462 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12474 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12479 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12488 \begin_layout Standard
12489 This file type has the extension
12490 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12498 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12503 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12507 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12510 (DVI), because it is completely portable; you can move them from one machine
12511 to another without needing to do any sort of conversion.
12512 At the time when this file-format was developed, this was no matter of
12514 DVIs are used for quick previews and as pre-stage for other output formats,
12518 \begin_layout Standard
12519 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
12522 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12527 The DVI file doesn't contain images, they will only be a linked.
12528 So don't forget to deliver the images together with your DVIs.
12533 This property can also slow down your computer when you view the DVI.
12534 Because the DVI-viewer has to convert the image in the background to make
12535 it visible when you scroll in the DVI.
12536 So we recommend to use PDF for files with many images.
12539 \begin_layout Standard
12540 You can export your document to DVI by the menu
12542 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12543 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12549 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12554 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12555 File formats ! PostScript
12563 \begin_layout Standard
12564 This file type has the extension
12565 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12573 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12577 PostScript was developed by the company
12581 as printer language.
12582 The file contains therefore commands that the printer uses to print the
12584 PostScript can be seen as
12585 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12588 programming language
12589 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12592 ; you can calculate with it and draw diagrams and images.
12596 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12597 If you are interested to learn more about this, have a look at the LaTeX-package
12606 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12607 LaTeX-packages ! pstricks
12617 Due to this ability, the files are often bigger than PDFs.
12620 \begin_layout Standard
12621 PostScript can only contain images in the format
12622 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12625 Encapsulated PostScript
12626 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12629 (EPS, file extension
12630 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12638 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12642 As LyX allows you to use any known image format in your document, it has
12643 to convert them in the background to EPS.
12644 If you have e.g 50 images in your document, LyX has to do 50 conversions
12645 whenever you view or export your document.
12646 This will slow down your workflow with LyX drastically.
12647 So if you plan to use PostScript, you can insert your images directly as
12648 EPS to avoid this problem.
12651 \begin_layout Standard
12652 You can export your document to PostScript using the menu
12654 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12655 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12661 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12666 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12676 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12685 \begin_layout Standard
12686 This file type has the extension
12687 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12695 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12700 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12703 Portable Document Format
12704 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12707 (PDF) is developed by
12711 as derivative from PostScript.
12712 It is more compressed and it uses much less commands than PostScript.
12714 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12718 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12721 implies, it can be processed at any computer system and the printed output
12722 looks exactly the same.
12725 \begin_layout Standard
12726 PDF can contain images in its own PDF format and in the formats
12727 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12730 Joint Photographic Experts Group
12731 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12734 (JPG, file extension
12735 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12743 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12747 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12755 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12759 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12762 Portable Network Graphics
12763 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12766 (PNG, file extension
12767 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12775 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12779 You can although use any other image format, because LyX converts them
12780 in the background to one of these formats.
12781 But as described in the section about PostScript, the image conversion
12782 will slow down your workflow.
12783 So we recommend to use images in one of the three mentioned formats.
12786 \begin_layout Standard
12787 You can export your document to PDF via the menu
12789 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12792 in three different ways:
12795 \begin_layout Description
12796 PDF This uses the program
12800 that creates a PDF from a PostScript-version of your file.
12801 The PostScript-version is produced by the program
12805 which uses a DVI-version as intermediate step.
12806 So this export variant consist of three conversions.
12809 \begin_layout Description
12811 \begin_inset space ~
12814 (dvipdfm) This uses the program
12818 that converts your file in the background to DVI and in a second step to
12822 \begin_layout Description
12824 \begin_inset space ~
12827 (pdflatex) This uses the program
12831 that converts your file directly to PDF.
12834 \begin_layout Standard
12835 We recommend to use
12838 \begin_inset space ~
12847 supports all features of actual PDF-versions, is quick and works stable
12853 is no more under development and therefore a bit outdated.
12856 \begin_layout Subsection
12861 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12870 \begin_layout Standard
12871 To get a look at the final version of your document, with all of the pagebreaks
12872 in place, the footnotes correctly numbered, and so on, use the menu
12876 and choose a file type.
12877 A viewing program will popup showing the output.
12880 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12883 you can use the toolbar button
12884 \begin_inset Graphics
12885 filename ../images/buffer-view_dvi.png
12892 arg "buffer-view dvi"
12897 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12899 \begin_inset space ~
12905 \begin_inset Graphics
12906 filename ../images/buffer-view_pdf2.png
12912 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12916 \begin_inset Graphics
12917 filename ../images/buffer-view_ps.png
12924 arg "buffer-view ps"
12930 \begin_layout Standard
12931 If you have changed your document, you can refresh the output in the same
12932 viewer window using the menu
12934 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12940 \begin_layout Standard
12941 When you preview a file, the output file is only generated in LyX's temporary
12943 To have a real output, export your document.
12946 \begin_layout Subsection
12947 Printing the File from within LyX
12948 \begin_inset CommandInset label
12950 name "sub:Printing-the-File"
12957 \begin_layout Standard
12958 Instead of exporting your file and then printing them, you can also print
12959 it directly from within LyX.
12960 To print a file, select the menu
12962 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12965 or click on the toolbar button
12966 \begin_inset Graphics
12967 filename ../images/dialog-show_print.png
12972 LyX will internally call LaTeX to produce a DVI.
12973 This file is then processed by the program
12977 to PostScript-file, which is finally printed using the program
12982 Due to these steps in the background, this method is not the fastest.
12985 \begin_layout Standard
12986 You can choose to print only even-numbered or odd-numbered pages - this
12987 is useful for printing on two sides: You can re-insert the pages after
12988 printing one set to print on the other side.
12989 Some printers spit out pages face-up, others, face-down.
12990 By choosing a particular order to print in, you can take the entire stack
12991 of pages out of the printer without needing to reorder them.
12994 \begin_layout Standard
12995 You can set the parameters in the
12998 \begin_inset space ~
13006 \begin_layout Labeling
13007 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13012 This is the name of the printer to print to.
13016 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13017 Note that this printer name is for the program
13026 has to be configured for this printer name.
13027 The default printer can be set in LyX's preferences dialog, see section
13028 \begin_inset space ~
13032 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13034 reference "sub:Printer"
13043 The printer should understand PostScript.
13046 \begin_layout Labeling
13047 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13052 The name of a file to print to.
13053 The output will be a PostScript file.
13054 It will be written in LyX's working directory unless you specify the full
13058 \begin_layout Section
13059 A few Words about Typography
13063 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13072 \begin_layout Subsection
13077 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13086 \begin_layout Standard
13088 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13096 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13099 character comes in three lengths, often called the
13114 \begin_layout Enumerate
13116 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13120 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13124 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13132 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13138 \begin_layout Enumerate
13140 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13144 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13148 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13157 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13169 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13175 \begin_layout Enumerate
13177 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13181 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13185 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13194 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13207 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13219 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13225 \begin_layout Enumerate
13227 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13231 \begin_inset Formula $-$
13235 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13239 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13247 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13253 \begin_layout Standard
13254 You generate them by inserting the
13255 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13263 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13266 character multiple times in a row.
13267 They are automatically converted to the appropriate length dash in the
13268 final output, but not in LyX.
13271 \begin_layout Standard
13272 The three dash types are distinct from the minus sign, which appears in
13273 math mode and has a length of its own.
13274 Here are some examples of the
13275 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13283 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13289 \begin_layout Enumerate
13290 line- and page-breaks
13291 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13301 \begin_layout Enumerate
13303 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13313 \begin_layout Enumerate
13314 Oh --- there's a dash.
13315 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13325 \begin_layout Enumerate
13326 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}-y^{2}=z^{2}$
13330 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13340 \begin_layout Subsection
13345 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13352 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13354 name "sub:Hyphenation"
13361 \begin_layout Standard
13362 Words aren't hyphenated within LyX but automatically in the output.
13363 Hyphenation is done by the LaTeX-package
13371 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13372 LaTeX-packages ! babel
13377 following the rules of the document language
13381 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13382 For German readers: That's one of the main differences between the languages
13390 \begin_inset space ~
13394 \begin_inset space ~
13401 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13412 \begin_layout Standard
13413 LaTeX hyphenates nearly perfectly, it has only problems with text in the
13418 and with unusual constructs, like
13419 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13423 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13427 If LaTeX can't break a word correctly, you can set hyphenation points manually.
13428 This is done with the menu
13430 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13431 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13433 \begin_inset space ~
13439 These extra hyphenation points are only recommendations to LaTeX.
13440 If no hyphenation is necessary, LaTeX will ignore them.
13443 \begin_layout Standard
13444 Sometimes you want to prevent words or constructs to be hyphenated.
13445 The keybindings/shortcuts in this document consists of three letters with
13446 a hyphen and a space in the form
13447 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13451 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13455 LaTeX finds there the hyphen
13456 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13460 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13463 as hyphenation possibility.
13464 Hyphenating at this point would look ugly.
13465 To prevent the shortcut from being hyphenated, we can put it in the argument
13466 of the LaTeX-box-command
13472 , because text within LaTeX-boxes can't be hyphenated.
13473 As LyX doesn't support
13479 , we have to use TeX Code.
13480 The result looks in LyX like:
13483 \begin_layout Standard
13484 \begin_inset Graphics
13485 filename clipart/mbox.png
13492 \begin_layout Standard
13493 To learn more about TeX Code, have a look at section
13494 \begin_inset space ~
13498 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13500 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
13507 \begin_layout Subsection
13512 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13521 \begin_layout Subsubsection
13522 Abbreviations and End of Sentence
13523 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13525 name "sub:Abbreviations"
13532 \begin_layout Standard
13533 When LyX calls LaTeX to generate the final version of your document, LaTeX
13534 automatically distinguishes between words, sentences, and abbreviations.
13535 LaTeX then adds the
13536 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13539 appropriate amount of space
13540 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13544 That means sentences get a little bit more space between the period and
13546 Abbreviations get the same amount of space after the period as a word uses.
13549 \begin_layout Standard
13550 Unfortunately, the algorithm for figuring out what's an abbreviation works
13553 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13561 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13564 is at the end of a lowercase letter, it's the end of a sentence; if it's
13565 at the end of a capitalized letter, it's an abbreviation.
13568 \begin_layout Standard
13569 Here are some examples of
13573 abbreviations and the end of a sentence:
13576 \begin_layout Itemize
13581 \begin_layout Itemize
13586 \begin_layout Standard
13587 And here's an example of the algorithm going wrong:
13590 \begin_layout Itemize
13592 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
13596 this is too much space!
13599 \begin_layout Itemize
13604 \begin_layout Standard
13605 You won't see anything wrong until you view a final version of your document.
13608 \begin_layout Standard
13609 To fix this problem, use one of the following:
13612 \begin_layout Enumerate
13616 \begin_inset space ~
13621 after lowercase abbreviations (see section
13622 \begin_inset space ~
13626 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13628 reference "sub:Inter-word-Space"
13636 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13637 Spaces ! inter-word
13645 \begin_layout Enumerate
13649 \begin_inset space ~
13654 between two tokens of an abbreviation (see section
13655 \begin_inset space ~
13659 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13661 reference "sub:Thin-Space"
13669 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13678 \begin_layout Enumerate
13682 \begin_inset space ~
13686 \begin_inset space ~
13690 \begin_inset space ~
13697 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13699 \begin_inset space ~
13704 menu to force the use of inter-sentence spacing.
13705 This function is also bound to
13708 arg "specialchar-insert end-of-sentence"
13714 \begin_layout Standard
13715 With the corrections, our earlier examples look like this:
13718 \begin_layout Itemize
13720 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
13724 \begin_inset space \space{}
13727 this is too much space!
13730 \begin_layout Itemize
13731 This is I\SpecialChar \@.
13735 \begin_layout Standard
13736 Some languages don't use extra spacing between sentences.
13737 If your language is such a language, you don't need to worry, because the
13738 LaTeX will care about this.
13741 \begin_layout Standard
13742 For those that do need to bother, there is help to catch those sneaky errors:
13746 \begin_inset space ~
13751 feature described in section
13757 Additional Features
13762 \begin_layout Subsubsection
13767 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13768 Typography ! Quotes
13777 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13782 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13793 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13808 \begin_layout Standard
13809 LyX usually sets quotes correctly.
13810 Specifically, it will use an opening quote at the beginning of quoted text,
13811 and use a closing quote at the end.
13813 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13817 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13821 The keyboard character,
13825 , generates this automatically.
13828 \begin_layout Standard
13829 You can change the behavior of the
13833 key using the submenu
13839 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13846 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13847 Document ! Settings
13855 \begin_layout Standard
13856 You can also select quotes for different languages in the box
13861 There are six choices:
13864 \begin_layout Labeling
13865 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13868 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13872 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13877 Use quotes like this
13878 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13882 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13886 \begin_inset Quotes els
13890 \begin_inset Quotes ers
13896 \begin_layout Labeling
13897 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13900 \begin_inset Quotes sld
13904 \begin_inset Quotes srd
13910 \begin_inset Quotes sld
13914 \begin_inset Quotes srd
13918 \begin_inset Quotes ers
13924 \begin_layout Labeling
13925 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13928 \begin_inset Quotes gld
13932 \begin_inset Quotes grd
13938 \begin_inset Quotes gld
13942 \begin_inset Quotes grd
13946 \begin_inset Quotes gls
13950 \begin_inset Quotes grs
13956 \begin_layout Labeling
13957 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13960 \begin_inset Quotes pld
13964 \begin_inset Quotes prd
13970 \begin_inset Quotes pld
13974 \begin_inset Quotes prd
13978 \begin_inset Quotes pls
13982 \begin_inset Quotes prs
13988 \begin_layout Labeling
13989 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13992 \begin_inset Quotes fld
13996 \begin_inset Quotes frd
14002 \begin_inset Quotes fld
14006 \begin_inset Quotes frd
14010 \begin_inset Quotes fls
14014 \begin_inset Quotes frs
14020 \begin_layout Labeling
14021 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14024 \begin_inset Quotes ald
14028 \begin_inset Quotes ard
14034 \begin_inset Quotes ald
14038 \begin_inset Quotes ard
14042 \begin_inset Quotes als
14046 \begin_inset Quotes ars
14052 \begin_layout Standard
14053 These settings affects what character the
14060 \begin_layout Subsection
14065 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14066 Typography ! Ligatures
14075 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14080 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14091 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14104 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14106 name "sub:Ligatures"
14113 \begin_layout Standard
14114 It is standard typesetting practice to group certain letters together and
14115 print them as single characters.
14116 These groups are known as
14121 Since LaTeX knows about ligatures, your documents will contain them too
14123 Here are the standard ligatures:
14126 \begin_layout Itemize
14130 \begin_layout Itemize
14134 \begin_layout Itemize
14138 \begin_layout Itemize
14142 \begin_layout Itemize
14146 \begin_layout Standard
14147 Some languages uses other ligatures if the document font supports them.
14150 \begin_layout Standard
14151 Sometimes, you don't want a ligature in a word.
14152 While a ligature may be okay in the word,
14153 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14157 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14160 it looks really weird in compound words, such as
14161 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14165 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14169 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14173 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14176 To break a ligature, use
14178 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14179 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14181 \begin_inset space ~
14188 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14192 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14196 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14199 cuff\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
14201 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14205 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14209 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14213 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14216 Dorf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
14218 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14224 \begin_layout Subsection
14229 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14236 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14238 name "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
14245 \begin_layout Standard
14246 You have surely noticed, that the word
14247 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14251 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14254 appears always with characters in different size and height.
14255 LaTeX is the name of the program used by LyX and is therefore recognized
14256 as proper name when you type it in LyX as
14257 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14264 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14272 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14276 \begin_inset Note Note
14279 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14280 The braces in TeX Code are here to avoid that the
14281 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14285 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14288 appear as proper name in the output, see the last paragraph of this section.
14289 To create proper names omit the TeX Code.
14294 Note the order of the upper-and lowercase letters! LyX recognizes the following
14298 \begin_layout Description
14299 LyX The name of the game, write
14300 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14307 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14315 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14321 \begin_layout Description
14322 TeX The program used by LaTeX, write
14323 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14330 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14338 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14344 \begin_layout Description
14345 LaTeX The program used by LyX, write
14346 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14353 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14361 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14367 \begin_layout Description
14368 LaTeX2e The actual version of LaTeX, write
14369 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14376 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14384 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14390 \begin_layout Standard
14391 You might wonder why the LaTeX-version is
14392 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14396 \begin_inset Formula $\epsilon$
14400 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14404 It's an old tradition in the TeX-world to give programs geek version numbers.
14405 For example the version number of TeX converges to the number
14406 \begin_inset Formula $\pi$
14409 : The actual version is
14410 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14414 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14417 , the previous one was
14418 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14422 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14428 \begin_layout Standard
14429 If you don't want to use proper names, e.
14430 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
14434 \begin_inset space \space{}
14437 in section headings, you can insert two empty braces in TeX Code in the
14439 This will look in LyX like:
14440 \begin_inset Graphics
14441 filename clipart/LaTeX.png
14447 \begin_inset Newline newline
14450 For more about TeX Code, look at section
14451 \begin_inset space ~
14455 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14457 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
14464 \begin_layout Subsection
14469 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14478 \begin_layout Standard
14479 Generally the space between units and the number is smaller than the normal
14480 space between two words.
14481 As you can see in the example below, it looks better when the space is
14484 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14488 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14491 for units use the menu
14493 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14494 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14496 \begin_inset space ~
14504 arg "space-insert thin"
14510 \begin_layout Standard
14511 Here's an example to show the differences:
14514 \begin_layout Standard
14515 \begin_inset Tabular
14516 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
14518 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
14519 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
14521 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14524 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14526 \begin_inset space ~
14530 \begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
14538 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14541 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14542 space between number and unit
14549 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14552 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14554 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
14558 \begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
14566 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14569 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14570 half space between number and unit
14583 \begin_layout Subsection
14588 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14589 Typography ! Widows and orphans
14597 \begin_layout Standard
14598 In the early days of word processors, page breaks went wherever the page
14600 There was no regard for what was actually going on in the text.
14601 You may remember once printing out a document, only to find the heading
14602 for a new section printed at the very bottom of the page, the first line
14603 of a new paragraph all alone at the bottom of a page, or the last line
14604 of a paragraph at the top of a new page.
14605 These bits of text became known as
14616 \begin_layout Standard
14617 Clearly, LyX can avoid breaking pages after a section heading.
14618 That's part of the advantage of paragraph environments.
14619 But what about widows and orphans, where the page breaks leave one line
14620 of a paragraph all alone at the top or bottom of a page? There are rules
14621 built into LaTeX governing page breaks, and some of those rules are there
14622 to specifically prevent widows and orphans.
14623 This is the advantage LyX has in using LaTeX as its backend.
14626 \begin_layout Standard
14627 There's no way we can go into how TeX and LaTeX decide to break a page,
14628 or how you can tweak that behavior.
14629 Some LaTeX books listed in the bibliography [such as
14630 \begin_inset space ~
14634 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
14636 key "latexcompanion"
14641 \begin_inset space ~
14645 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
14651 ] may have more information.
14652 You will almost never need to worry about this, however.
14655 \begin_layout Chapter
14656 Notes, Graphics, Tables, and Floats
14657 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14659 name "cha:Floats-and-Notes"
14666 \begin_layout Standard
14667 The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
14672 There you'll also find tips and tricks for special cases.
14675 \begin_layout Section
14680 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14687 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14696 \begin_layout Standard
14697 LyX offers you a few types of notes to add to your document:
14700 \begin_layout Description
14702 \begin_inset space ~
14705 Note This note type is for internal notes that won't appear in the output.
14706 \begin_inset Newline newline
14710 \begin_inset Note Note
14713 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14714 This is text in a note box that doesn't appear in the output.
14722 \begin_layout Description
14723 Comment This note also doesn't appear in the output but it appears as LaTeX-comm
14724 ent, when you export the document to LaTeX via the menu
14726 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14727 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14728 LaTeX (pdflatex) / (plain)
14731 \begin_inset Newline newline
14735 \begin_inset Note Comment
14738 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14739 This is text in a note box that only appears as comment in LaTeX-files.
14747 \begin_layout Description
14749 \begin_inset space ~
14752 Out This note will appear in the output as grey text.
14753 \begin_inset Newline newline
14757 \begin_inset Newline newline
14761 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
14764 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14769 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14770 This is an example footnote within a greyed out note.
14771 In this document the greyed out note color is redefined to blue.
14772 How this can be done is explained in the
14781 of a comment that appears in the output as grey text.
14787 \begin_inset Newline newline
14791 \begin_inset Newline newline
14794 As you can see in the example, the first line of greyed out notes is a bit
14795 indented and greyed out notes can have footnotes.
14798 \begin_layout Standard
14799 Notes are inserted with the toolbar button
14800 \begin_inset Graphics
14801 filename ../images/note-insert.png
14803 scaleBeforeRotation
14809 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14813 Right-click on the appearing note box to select the note type.
14816 \begin_layout Section
14821 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14828 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14830 name "sec:Footnotes"
14837 \begin_layout Standard
14838 LyX uses boxes to display footnotes: When you insert a footnote using the
14841 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14844 or the toolbar button
14845 \begin_inset Graphics
14846 filename ../images/footnote-insert.png
14859 \begin_inset Graphics
14860 filename clipart/footnoteQt4.png
14869 This box is LyX's representation of your footnote.
14879 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14887 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14898 label, the box will
14902 be opened and you can enter the footnote text into it.
14903 Clicking on the box label again, will close
14916 If you want to turn existing text into a footnote, simply mark it and click
14932 \begin_layout Standard
14933 Here's an example footnote:
14941 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14942 To close a footnote, click on the footnote box label.
14950 \begin_layout Standard
14951 The footnote will appear in the output as a superscript number at the text
14952 position where the footnote box is placed.
14953 The footnote text is placed at the bottom of the current page.
14954 The footnote number is calculated by LyX, the numbers are consecutive,
14955 no matter in which chapter the footnote is in.
14956 LyX doesn't support other numbering schemes yet, but you can get another
14957 scheme using special LaTeX-commands.
14962 ey are described in the
14969 \begin_layout Section
14974 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14981 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14983 name "sec:Marginal-Notes"
14990 \begin_layout Standard
14991 Marginal notes look and behave just like footnotes in LyX.
14992 When you insert a margin note via the menu
14994 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14996 \begin_inset space ~
15001 or the toolbar button
15002 \begin_inset Graphics
15003 filename ../images/marginalnote-insert.png
15023 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15027 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15030 appearing within your text.
15031 This box is LyX's representation of your margin
15040 \begin_layout Standard
15041 At the side is an example marginal note.
15045 \begin_inset Marginal
15048 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15049 This is a marginal note.
15057 \begin_layout Standard
15058 Marginal notes appear at the right side in single-sided documents.
15059 In double-sided documents they appear in the outer margin -- left on even
15060 pages, right on odd pages.
15063 \begin_layout Section
15064 Graphics and Images
15068 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15078 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15085 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15087 name "sec:Graphics"
15094 \begin_layout Standard
15095 To insert an image in your document, place the cursor at the text position
15096 you want and click on the toolbar icon
15097 \begin_inset Graphics
15098 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_graphics.png
15104 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15108 Then a dialog will appear to choose the file to load.
15111 \begin_layout Standard
15112 This dialog has numerous mostly self-explanatory parameters.
15117 tab allows you to choose your image file.
15118 The image can be transformed by setting a rotation angle and a scaling
15120 The scaling units are explained in Appendix
15121 \begin_inset space ~
15125 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15127 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
15134 \begin_layout Standard
15139 it is possible to set image coordinates to adjust the height and width
15140 of the image in the output.
15141 The coordinates can also be calculated automatically by pressing the button
15145 \begin_inset space ~
15149 \begin_inset space ~
15158 \begin_inset space ~
15162 \begin_inset space ~
15166 \begin_inset space ~
15171 will only print the image region within the given coordinates.
15172 Normally you don't need to take care about image coordinates and can ignore
15180 \begin_layout Standard
15183 LaTeX and LyX options
15185 tab LaTeX experts can specify additional LaTeX options.
15186 You can also specify here the appearance of the image inside LyX.
15190 \begin_inset space ~
15195 has the effect that the image doesn't appear in the output, only a frame
15196 with the image size is printed.
15200 \begin_inset space ~
15204 \begin_inset space ~
15208 \begin_inset space ~
15213 is explained in the
15224 \begin_layout Standard
15225 The graphics dialog can be called at any time by clicking on an image.
15226 The image will appear in the output exactly at the position where it is
15228 This is an example image within a separate, horizontally centered paragraph:
15232 \begin_layout Standard
15234 \begin_inset Graphics
15235 filename clipart/mobius.eps
15237 rotateOrigin center
15244 \begin_layout Standard
15245 If you need image captions and want to reference images, you have to put
15246 the image into a float, see section
15247 \begin_inset space ~
15251 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15253 reference "sec:Figure-Floats"
15260 \begin_layout Subsection
15265 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15272 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15274 name "sub:Image-Formats"
15281 \begin_layout Standard
15282 You can insert images in any known file format.
15283 But as we explained in section
15284 \begin_inset space ~
15288 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15290 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
15294 , every output document format allows only a few image formats.
15295 LyX uses therefore the program
15299 in the background to convert the images to the right format.
15300 To increase your workflow by avoiding these conversions in the background,
15301 you can use only the image formats listed in the subsections of section
15302 \begin_inset space ~
15306 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15308 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
15315 \begin_layout Standard
15316 Similar to fonts there are two types of image formats:
15319 \begin_layout Description
15321 \begin_inset space ~
15324 images consist of pixel values, often in a compressed form.
15325 They are therefore not fully scalable and look pixeled in large zooms.
15326 Well-known bitmap image formats are
15327 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15330 Graphics Interchange Format
15331 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15334 (GIF, file extension
15335 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15343 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15350 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15355 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15366 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15379 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15382 Portable Network Graphics
15383 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15386 (PNG, file extension
15387 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15395 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15402 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15407 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15418 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15431 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15434 Joint Photographic Experts Group
15435 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15438 (JPG, file extension
15439 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15447 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15451 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15459 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15466 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15471 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15482 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15497 \begin_layout Description
15499 \begin_inset space ~
15502 images consist of vectors and can therefore be scaled to any size without
15504 The scaling ability is necessary if you want to create presentations, because
15505 presentations are always scaled by the beamer.
15506 Scaling is also useful for online documents to let the user zoom into diagrams.
15507 \begin_inset Newline newline
15510 Scalable image formats can be
15511 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15514 Scalable Vector Graphics
15515 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15518 (SVG, file extension
15519 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15527 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15534 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15539 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15550 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15563 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15566 Encapsulated PostScript
15567 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15570 (EPS, file extension
15571 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15579 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15586 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15591 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15602 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15615 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15618 Portable Document Format
15619 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15622 (PDF, file extension
15623 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15631 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15638 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15645 We say it can be, because you can convert any bitmap image format to PDF
15646 or EPS and the result won't be scalable.
15647 In this cases only a header with the image properties is added to the original
15652 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15653 In the case of PDF, the original image is additionally compressed.
15661 \begin_layout Standard
15662 Normally one can't convert a bitmap image into a scalable one, only vice
15666 \begin_layout Subsection
15667 Grouping of Image Settings
15671 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15672 Images ! Settings grouping
15680 \begin_layout Standard
15681 Each image can define a new group of image settings or join an existing
15683 Images within such a group share their settings, so adjusting one image
15684 of the group automatically also adjusts all other images of the group in
15686 So you can for example change the size for a bunch of images without the
15687 need to manually change each of them.
15691 \begin_layout Standard
15692 A new group can be set by entering a name in the
15695 \begin_inset space ~
15699 \begin_inset space ~
15704 field in the Graphics dialog.
15705 Joining an existing group can be done using the context menu of the image
15706 by checking the name of the desired group.
15709 \begin_layout Section
15714 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15721 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15730 \begin_layout Standard
15731 You can insert a table using either the toolbar button
15732 \begin_inset Graphics
15733 filename ../images/tabular-insert.png
15740 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15744 A dialog will appear, asking you for the number of rows and columns.
15745 The default table has lines around any cell and the first row appears separated
15746 from the rest of the table.
15747 This separation appears due to a double line: The cells of the first row
15748 have a line below them and the cells of the second row have a line above
15750 Here's an example table:
15753 \begin_layout Standard
15755 \begin_inset Tabular
15756 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="4">
15758 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
15759 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
15760 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0in">
15761 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
15763 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15766 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15772 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15775 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15790 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15793 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15799 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15802 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15810 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15813 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15828 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15831 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15837 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15840 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15846 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15849 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15857 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15860 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15875 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15878 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15884 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15887 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15897 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15900 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15908 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15911 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15926 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15929 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15935 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15938 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15944 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15947 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15961 \begin_layout Subsection
15965 \begin_layout Standard
15966 You can alter a table by clicking on it with the right mouse button, which
15967 brings up the table dialog.
15968 Here you can adjust the settings of the cell and row/column respectively
15969 where the cursor is placed currently.
15970 Most of the dialog options also work on selections.
15971 This means that if you select more cells, columns or rows the action is
15972 done on all of your selection.
15975 \begin_layout Standard
15976 Additionally to the table dialog the
15979 \begin_inset space ~
15984 , that appears when the cursor is inside a table, helps you in setting table
15986 It is for example currently only possible to add
15987 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
15991 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
15994 delete lines via the table toolbar.
15997 \begin_layout Standard
16001 \begin_inset space ~
16006 of the table dialog you can set the alignment for the current row.
16007 If you add a row or column, it will be inserted right beside or below the
16008 current cell respectively.
16009 The vertical alignment of a column can only be adjusted when a column width
16011 A given width will allow the cell to have line breaks and multiple paragraphs
16012 of text, see section
16013 \begin_inset space ~
16017 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
16019 reference "sub:Table-Cells"
16026 \begin_layout Standard
16027 You can mark multiple cells of one row as a multicolumn cell using the check
16033 This will merge the cells to
16037 cell, spread over more than one column.
16038 Multicolumn cells are treated as own rows, so that the alignment, width,
16039 and border settings affect only the multicolumn cell.
16040 Here's an example table with a multicolumn cell in the first row and one
16041 in the last row without the upper border:
16044 \begin_layout Standard
16046 \begin_inset Tabular
16047 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="4">
16048 <features firstHeadTopDL="true" firstHeadBottomDL="true">
16049 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16050 <column alignment="center" valignment="middle" width="0">
16051 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0in">
16052 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16054 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16057 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16063 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="middle" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16066 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16072 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16075 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16081 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16084 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16092 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16095 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16110 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16113 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16119 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16122 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16128 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16131 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16139 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16142 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16148 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16151 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16157 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16160 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16166 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16169 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16183 \begin_layout Standard
16184 At the moment LyX doesn't support multirow cells.
16185 Adept users can declare special LaTeX-arguments for the table.
16186 They are necessary for special table formatting, like for multirow cells,
16187 explained in the tables section of the
16190 \begin_inset space ~
16196 You can also rotate the current cell or the whole table 90
16197 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
16200 degrees counterclockwise.
16201 These rotations are not visible in LyX but in the output.
16204 \begin_layout Standard
16205 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
16208 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16213 Most DVI-viewers are
16217 able to display rotations.
16225 \begin_layout Standard
16230 tab allows you to add and delete border lines for the current row/column.
16235 adds lines for all cell borders.
16238 \begin_layout Subsection
16243 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16244 Tables ! Longtables
16253 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16262 \begin_layout Standard
16263 If the table is too long to fit on one page, you can use the option
16266 \begin_inset space ~
16270 \begin_inset space ~
16279 of the table dialog to split the table automatically over more pages.
16280 Doing this enables some check boxes and you can now define:
16283 \begin_layout Description
16288 : The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
16289 defined, are defined to be the header rows of all pages of the longtable;
16290 except for the first page, if
16293 \begin_inset space ~
16301 \begin_layout Description
16305 \begin_inset space ~
16310 : The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
16311 defined, are defined to be the header rows of the first page of the longtable.
16314 \begin_layout Description
16319 : The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
16320 defined, are defined to be the footer rows of all pages of the longtable;
16321 except for the last page, if
16324 \begin_inset space ~
16332 \begin_layout Description
16336 \begin_inset space ~
16341 : The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
16342 defined, are defined to be the footer rows of the last page of the longtable.
16345 \begin_layout Description
16346 Caption: The first row is reset as single column.
16347 You can now insert there the table caption via the menu
16349 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16353 More about longtable captions can be found in the
16356 \begin_inset space ~
16364 \begin_layout Standard
16365 You can also specify a row where the table is split.
16366 If you set more than one option in the same table row, you should be aware
16367 of the fact that only the first one is used in the given table row.
16368 The others will then be defined as
16373 In this context, first means first in this order:
16376 \begin_inset space ~
16388 \begin_inset space ~
16394 See the following longtable to see how it works:
16397 \begin_layout Standard
16399 \begin_inset Tabular
16400 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="69" columns="3">
16401 <features islongtable="true">
16402 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" width="5cm">
16403 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16404 <column alignment="right" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16405 <row endfirsthead="true">
16406 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16409 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16412 Example Phone List (ignore the names)
16417 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16420 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16426 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16429 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16436 <row endfirsthead="true">
16437 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16440 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16448 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16451 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16457 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16460 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16469 <row endhead="true">
16470 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16473 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16481 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16484 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16490 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16493 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16500 <row endhead="true">
16501 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16504 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16512 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16515 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16521 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16524 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16533 <row endfoot="true">
16534 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16537 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16545 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16548 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16554 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16557 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16565 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16568 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16576 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16579 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16585 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16588 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16596 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16599 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16607 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16610 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16616 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16619 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16627 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16630 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16638 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16641 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16647 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16650 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16658 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16661 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16669 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16672 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16678 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16681 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16689 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16692 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16700 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16703 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16709 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16712 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16720 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16723 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16731 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16734 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16740 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16743 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16751 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16754 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16762 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16765 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16771 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16774 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16782 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16785 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16793 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16796 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16802 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16805 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16813 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16816 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16824 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16827 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16833 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16836 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16844 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16847 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16855 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16858 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16864 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16867 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16875 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16878 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16886 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16889 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16895 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16898 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16906 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16909 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16917 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16920 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16926 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16929 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16937 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16940 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16948 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16951 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16957 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16960 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16968 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16971 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16979 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16982 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16988 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16991 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16999 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17002 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17010 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17013 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17019 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17022 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17030 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17033 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17041 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17044 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17050 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17053 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17061 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17064 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17072 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17075 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17081 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17084 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17092 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17095 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17103 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17106 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17112 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17115 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17123 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17126 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17134 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17137 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17143 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17146 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17154 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17157 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17165 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17168 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17174 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17177 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17185 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17188 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17196 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17199 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17205 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17208 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17216 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17219 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17227 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17230 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17236 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17239 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17247 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17250 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17258 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17261 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17267 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17270 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17278 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17281 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17289 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17292 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17298 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17301 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17309 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17312 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17320 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17323 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17329 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17332 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17340 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17343 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17351 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17354 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17360 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17363 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17371 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17374 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17382 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17385 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17391 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17394 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17402 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17405 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17413 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17416 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17422 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17425 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17433 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17436 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17444 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17447 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17453 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17456 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17464 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17467 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17475 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17478 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17484 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17487 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17495 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17498 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17506 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17509 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17515 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17518 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17526 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17529 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17535 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
17538 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17544 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17547 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17555 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17558 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17566 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17569 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17575 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17578 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17586 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17589 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17597 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17600 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17606 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17609 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17617 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17620 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17628 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17631 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17637 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17640 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17648 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17651 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17659 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17662 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17668 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17671 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17679 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17682 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17690 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17693 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17699 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17702 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17710 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17713 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17721 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17724 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17730 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17733 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17741 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17744 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17752 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17755 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17761 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17764 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17772 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17775 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17783 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17786 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17792 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17795 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17803 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17806 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17814 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17817 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17823 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17826 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17834 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17837 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17845 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17848 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17854 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17857 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17865 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17868 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17876 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17879 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17885 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17888 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17896 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17899 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17907 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17910 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17916 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17919 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17927 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17930 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17938 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17941 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17947 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17950 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17958 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17961 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17969 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17972 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17978 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17981 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17989 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17992 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18000 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18003 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18009 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18012 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18020 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18023 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18031 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18034 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18040 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18043 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18051 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18054 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18062 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18065 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18071 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18074 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18082 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18085 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18093 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18096 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18102 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18105 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18113 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18116 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18124 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18127 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18133 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18136 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18144 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18147 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18155 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18158 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18164 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18167 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18175 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18178 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18186 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18189 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18195 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18198 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18206 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18209 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18217 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18220 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18226 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18229 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18237 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18240 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18248 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18251 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18257 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18260 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18268 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18271 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18279 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18282 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18288 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18291 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18299 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18302 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18310 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18313 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18319 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18322 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18330 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18333 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18341 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18344 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18350 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18353 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18361 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18364 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18372 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18375 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18381 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18384 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18392 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18395 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18403 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18406 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18412 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18415 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18423 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18426 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18434 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18437 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18443 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18446 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18454 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18457 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18465 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18468 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18474 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18477 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18485 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18488 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18496 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18499 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18505 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18508 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18515 <row endlastfoot="true">
18516 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="block" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18519 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18527 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
18530 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18536 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18539 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18553 \begin_layout Subsection
18558 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18565 \begin_inset CommandInset label
18567 name "sub:Table-Cells"
18574 \begin_layout Standard
18575 A table cell can contain text, inline equations, a figure, or another table.
18576 All these kinds of objects can be placed in the same cell.
18577 Font sizes and shapes can also be altered.
18578 But you can't put a special environment in a cell (like
18582 , etc.), nor set spacing options etc.
18583 for the cell's paragraph.
18586 \begin_layout Standard
18587 To have multi-line entries in table cells, you have to declare a fixed width
18588 for the column in the table dialog.
18589 Your text is then automatically split into multiple lines and the cell
18590 is enlarged vertically when the length of the text exceeds the given width.
18594 \begin_layout Standard
18596 \begin_inset Tabular
18597 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="3">
18599 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
18600 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" width="3cm">
18601 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
18603 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18606 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18621 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18624 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18639 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18642 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18659 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18662 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18677 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18680 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18690 This is a multiline entry in a table.
18695 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18698 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18715 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18718 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18733 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18736 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18746 This is longer now.
18751 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18754 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18771 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18774 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18789 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18792 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18802 This is a multiline entry in a table.
18803 This is longer now.
18808 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18811 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18834 \begin_layout Standard
18835 Cutting and pasting between tables and table cells works reasonably well.
18836 You can cut and paste even more than one row.
18840 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18841 Note, that you cannot paste into a multicell selection because it would
18842 not be clear what to do when pasting a single word in a selected 2×3.
18848 Selection with the mouse or with
18852 plus the arrow keys works as usual.
18853 You can also copy and paste the entire table as a single unit by starting
18854 the selection from outside the table.
18857 \begin_layout Section
18862 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18869 \begin_inset CommandInset label
18878 \begin_layout Standard
18879 A float is a block of text associated with some sort of label, which doesn't
18880 have a fixed location.
18882 \begin_inset Quotes eld
18886 \begin_inset Quotes erd
18889 forward or backward a page or two, to wherever it fits best.
18897 \begin_inset space ~
18902 are also floats, because they can float to the next page when there are
18903 too much notes at the page.
18906 \begin_layout Standard
18907 Floats makes it possible to get a high quality layout.
18908 Images and tables can evenly be spread to the pages to avoid whitespace
18909 and pages without text.
18910 As the floating often destroys the context between the text and the image/table
18911 , every float can be referenced in the text.
18912 Floats are therefore numbered.
18913 Referencing is described in section
18914 \begin_inset space ~
18918 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
18920 reference "sec:Cross-References"
18927 \begin_layout Standard
18928 To insert a float, use the menu
18930 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
18934 A box with a caption that has e.
18935 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
18939 \begin_inset space \space{}
18943 \begin_inset Quotes eld
18947 \begin_inset space ~
18951 \begin_inset Quotes erd
18954 (# is the actual number) will be inserted into your document.
18955 The label will automatically be translated to the document language in
18957 Behind the label you can insert the caption text.
18961 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18967 The image or table is inserted above or below the caption in a separate
18968 paragraph within the float.
18969 To keep your LyX-document readable, you can open and close the float box
18970 by left-clicking on the box label.
18971 A closed float box looks like this:
18972 \begin_inset Graphics
18973 filename clipart/floatQt4.png
18978 -- a gray button with a red label.
18981 \begin_layout Standard
18982 It is recommended to insert floats as a separate paragraph to avoid possible
18983 LaTeX-errors that can occur when the surrounding text is specially formatted.
18986 \begin_layout Subsection
18990 \begin_layout Subsubsection
18995 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18996 Floats ! Figure floats
19002 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19004 name "sec:Figure-Floats"
19011 \begin_layout Standard
19014 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19015 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19018 inserts a float with the label
19019 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19025 \begin_inset space ~
19031 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19035 Set the cursor above this label (or before it and press enter) and insert
19036 the image as described above to get the caption printed below the image.
19037 This is what we did for Figure
19038 \begin_inset space ~
19042 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19044 reference "cap:Platypus"
19049 If you want the caption to be above the image, set the cursor at the end
19050 of the caption, press enter and insert the image.
19051 This was done in Figure
19052 \begin_inset space ~
19056 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19058 reference "cap:Escher"
19065 \begin_layout Standard
19066 \begin_inset Float figure
19071 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19073 \begin_inset Graphics
19074 filename clipart/platypus.eps
19076 rotateOrigin center
19083 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19084 \begin_inset Caption
19086 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19087 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19089 name "cap:Platypus"
19093 A severely distorted platypus in a float.
19106 \begin_layout Standard
19107 \begin_inset Float figure
19112 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19113 \begin_inset Caption
19115 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19116 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19131 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19133 \begin_inset Graphics
19134 filename clipart/escher-lsd.eps
19136 rotateOrigin center
19148 \begin_layout Standard
19149 This figure float show also how to set a label and create a cross-reference
19151 As described in section
19152 \begin_inset space ~
19156 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19158 reference "sec:Cross-References"
19162 , you can simply insert a label in the caption using the menu
19164 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19167 and refer to it using the menu
19169 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19173 It is important to use references to figure floats, rather than using vague
19175 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19179 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19182 , because as LaTeX will reposition the floats in the final document; it
19184 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19188 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19194 \begin_layout Standard
19195 Normally only one image is inserted to a figure float, but sometimes you
19196 might want to use two images with separate subcaptions.
19197 This can be done by inserting image floats into existing image floats.
19198 Note that only the main caption of the float is added to the List of Figures.
19200 \begin_inset space ~
19204 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19206 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
19210 is an example of a figure float with two images set side by side.
19211 You can also set the images one below the other.
19213 \begin_inset space ~
19217 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19219 reference "fig:Undefinable"
19224 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19226 reference "fig:Platypus"
19230 are the subfigures.
19233 \begin_layout Standard
19234 \begin_inset Float figure
19239 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19240 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
19244 \begin_inset Float figure
19249 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19250 \begin_inset Caption
19252 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19253 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19255 name "fig:Undefinable"
19267 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19268 \begin_inset Graphics
19269 filename clipart/escher-lsd.eps
19280 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
19284 \begin_inset Float figure
19289 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19290 \begin_inset Caption
19292 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19293 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19295 name "fig:Platypus"
19307 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19308 \begin_inset Graphics
19309 filename clipart/platypus.eps
19321 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
19327 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19328 \begin_inset Caption
19330 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19331 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19333 name "cap:Two-distorted-images"
19337 Two distorted images.
19350 \begin_layout Standard
19351 Note that the caption is added to the
19354 \begin_inset space ~
19358 \begin_inset space ~
19363 as described in section
19364 \begin_inset space ~
19368 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19370 reference "sub:List-of-Figures"
19377 \begin_layout Subsubsection
19382 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19383 Floats ! Table floats
19391 \begin_layout Standard
19392 Table floats can be inserted using the menu
19394 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19395 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19399 They have the same properties as figure floats except of the different
19402 \begin_inset space ~
19406 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19408 reference "cap:Table-float"
19412 is an example of a table float.
19415 \begin_layout Standard
19416 \begin_inset Float table
19421 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19422 \begin_inset Caption
19424 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19425 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19427 name "cap:Table-float"
19439 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19441 \begin_inset Tabular
19442 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
19444 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
19445 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
19446 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
19448 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19451 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19466 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19469 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19484 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19487 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19504 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19507 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19522 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19525 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19540 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19543 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19560 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19563 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19573 \begin_inset Formula $\int x^{2}dx$
19581 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19584 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19594 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
19596 c & d\end{array}\right]$
19604 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19607 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19617 \begin_inset Formula $1+1=2$
19638 \begin_layout Subsubsection
19643 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19644 Floats ! Algorithm floats
19652 \begin_layout Standard
19653 This float type is inserted with the menu
19655 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19656 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19660 It is used for program codes and descriptions of algorithms.
19661 A possible environment for algorithms is the
19665 , described in section
19666 \begin_inset space ~
19670 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19672 reference "sub:LyX-Code"
19679 \begin_layout Standard
19680 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
19683 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19688 that the float label is not automatically translated into the document
19694 You have to do this manually by adding the following line
19697 \begin_layout Standard
19702 floatname{algorithm}{your
19703 \begin_inset space ~
19709 \begin_layout Standard
19710 to the document preamble (menu
19712 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19719 \begin_inset space ~
19725 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19733 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19739 \begin_layout Subsubsection
19744 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19745 Floats ! Text Wrap Floats
19753 \begin_layout Standard
19754 \begin_inset Wrap figure
19761 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19762 \begin_inset Graphics
19763 filename clipart/mobius.eps
19765 rotateOrigin center
19772 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19773 \begin_inset Caption
19775 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19776 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19778 name "cap:Wrapped-figure"
19782 This is a wrapped figure.
19783 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
19796 This float type is used if you want to
19797 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19801 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19804 text around a figure so that it only occupies some fraction of the column
19806 It can be inserted using the menu
19808 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19809 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19811 \begin_inset space ~
19816 if the LaTeX-package
19824 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19825 LaTeX-packages ! wrapfig
19834 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19835 Installing a LaTeX-package is explained it in the
19838 \begin_inset space ~
19848 The width and placement of the float is adjusted by right-clicking on the
19851 \begin_inset space ~
19855 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19857 reference "cap:Wrapped-figure"
19861 is for example a figure wrap float with a width of 40
19862 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
19869 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19870 Available units are explained in Appendix
19871 \begin_inset space ~
19875 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19877 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
19886 Some space was added under the caption to separate it better from the surroundi
19890 \begin_layout Standard
19891 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
19894 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19899 Wrap floats might be fragile! E.
19900 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
19904 \begin_inset space \space{}
19907 having a figure too close to the bottom of the page can mess things up in
19908 the way that the float doesn't appear in the output or that it is placed
19909 over some other text.
19917 \begin_layout Itemize
19918 Wrap floats should not be placed in paragraphs that run over a page break.
19919 That means that wrap floats should better be inserted to the exact place
19920 when the document is nearly ready and you are able to estimate where page
19921 breaks will appear.
19924 \begin_layout Itemize
19925 Wrap floats should either be placed in an own paragraph before the paragraph
19926 where they should wrap into or within a paragraph.
19929 \begin_layout Itemize
19930 Wrap floats in consecutive paragraphs may cause troubles, so assure that
19931 there is a text paragraph between them as separator.
19934 \begin_layout Itemize
19935 Wrap floats are not allowed in section headings or tables.
19938 \begin_layout Subsection
19940 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19942 name "sub:Rotated-Floats"
19950 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19959 \begin_layout Standard
19960 Especially for wide tables you might have floats rotated.
19961 To rotate a whole float including the caption, right-click on the float-box
19965 \begin_inset space ~
19973 \begin_layout Standard
19974 Rotated floats are always placed on its own page (or column, in case you
19975 have a multi-column document).
19976 You can let them span several columns using the float settings option
19979 \begin_inset space ~
19985 Floats are rotated so that you can read them from the outside margin.
19986 Forcing the rotation direction is explained in the
19993 \begin_layout Standard
19994 Referencing rotated floats is the same like for normal floats, the caption
19995 format is also the same: Table
19996 \begin_inset space ~
20000 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20002 reference "cap:Rotated-table"
20006 is an example of a rotated table float.
20009 \begin_layout Standard
20010 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
20013 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20018 Not all DVI-viewers are able to display rotated floats.
20026 \begin_layout Standard
20027 \begin_inset Float table
20032 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20033 \begin_inset Caption
20035 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20036 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20038 name "cap:Rotated-table"
20050 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20052 \begin_inset Tabular
20053 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="5">
20055 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20056 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20057 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20058 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20059 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20061 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20064 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20070 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20073 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20079 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20082 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20088 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20091 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20097 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20100 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20119 \begin_layout Subsection
20121 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20123 name "sub:Float-Placement"
20131 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20140 \begin_layout Standard
20141 Right-clicking on a float-box opens a dialog where you can alter the placement
20142 options that LaTeX uses for positioning the float.
20143 \begin_inset Newline newline
20149 \begin_inset space ~
20154 is only useful for two-column documents: If you select it, the float will
20155 span across both columns on the page instead of being confined to just
20157 \begin_inset Newline newline
20163 \begin_inset space ~
20168 is used to rotate floats, see section
20169 \begin_inset space ~
20173 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20175 reference "sub:Rotated-Floats"
20182 \begin_layout Standard
20183 You can use one ore more of the following options in the float dialog to
20184 set the placement for a particular float when you uncheck the option
20187 \begin_inset space ~
20191 \begin_inset space ~
20199 \begin_layout Description
20201 \begin_inset space ~
20205 \begin_inset space ~
20208 possible: try to place the float on the position where it is inserted
20211 \begin_layout Description
20213 \begin_inset space ~
20217 \begin_inset space ~
20220 page: try to place the float on the top of the current page
20223 \begin_layout Description
20225 \begin_inset space ~
20229 \begin_inset space ~
20232 page: try to place the float on the bottom of the current page
20235 \begin_layout Description
20237 \begin_inset space ~
20241 \begin_inset space ~
20244 floats: try to place the float on an own page
20247 \begin_layout Standard
20248 The order of the above option is
20253 That means, if you use the default placement, LaTeX will first try out
20257 \begin_inset space ~
20261 \begin_inset space ~
20269 \begin_inset space ~
20273 \begin_inset space ~
20278 , and then the others.
20279 If you don't use the default, LaTeX will try only the checked options but
20281 If none of the 4 placements are possible the procedure is internally repeated
20282 but it is tried to put the float on the following page.
20285 \begin_layout Standard
20286 By default, each options has its own rules:
20289 \begin_layout Standard
20293 \begin_inset space ~
20297 \begin_inset space ~
20302 only floats occupying less than 70
20303 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20306 % of the page can be placed at the top of a page
20309 \begin_layout Standard
20313 \begin_inset space ~
20317 \begin_inset space ~
20322 : only floats occupying less than 30
20323 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20326 % of the page can be placed at the bottom of a page.
20329 \begin_layout Standard
20333 \begin_inset space ~
20337 \begin_inset space ~
20342 : only if more than 50
20343 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20346 % of the page are occupied by floats, several floats can be set together
20350 \begin_layout Standard
20351 If you don't like these rules, you can ignore them by using the additional
20355 \begin_inset space ~
20359 \begin_inset space ~
20367 \begin_layout Standard
20368 Sometimes you might need, under all circumstances, a float to be placed
20369 exactly at the position where it is inserted.
20370 For this case you can use the option
20373 \begin_inset space ~
20379 Use this option very rarely and only if the document is nearly ready to
20381 Because the float is then no longer able to
20382 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20386 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20389 when you change your document and this will often destroy the page layout.
20392 \begin_layout Standard
20393 There are no placement options for text wrap floats, because they are always
20394 surrounded by the text of a certain paragraph.
20397 \begin_layout Standard
20398 For more details about float placements, have a look at LaTeX books like
20400 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
20402 key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
20409 \begin_layout Section
20414 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20421 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20423 name "sec:Minipages"
20430 \begin_layout Standard
20431 LaTeX provides a mechanism to produce essentially a page within a page,
20433 Within a minipage, all the usual rules of indentation, line wrapping, etc.
20434 \begin_inset space ~
20441 \begin_layout Standard
20442 Minipages in LyX have their own collapsible box inserted via the menu
20444 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20448 Right-clicking on the box allows you to alter the width of the minipage
20449 and its alignment within the page.
20452 \begin_layout Standard
20454 \begin_inset Box Frameless
20463 height_special "totalheight"
20466 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20469 This is a minipage.
20470 The text is set in an italic style.
20473 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20476 Minipages are often used for text in another language or text that needs
20477 another formatting.
20485 \begin_layout Standard
20486 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
20489 If you place two minipages side-by-side, you can use
20493 as described in section
20494 \begin_inset space ~
20498 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20500 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
20505 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
20511 \begin_layout Standard
20512 \begin_inset Box Frameless
20521 height_special "totalheight"
20524 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20525 This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
20526 This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
20532 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
20536 \begin_inset Box Frameless
20545 height_special "totalheight"
20548 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20549 This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
20550 This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
20558 \begin_layout Standard
20559 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
20565 \begin_layout Standard
20566 When you right-click on a minipage box, you can change the box from a minipage
20567 to other box types.
20568 All box types and their settings are explained in detail in chapter
20579 \begin_layout Chapter
20580 Mathematical Formulas
20584 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20594 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20599 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20610 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20623 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20625 name "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
20632 \begin_layout Standard
20633 The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
20638 There you'll also find tips and tricks for special cases.
20641 \begin_layout Section
20646 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20655 \begin_layout Standard
20656 To create a math formula, you can just click on the toolbar icon
20657 \begin_inset Graphics
20658 filename ../images/math-mode.png
20663 That will create a little blue rectangle, with purple markers around its
20665 That blue rectangle is the formula itself; the purple markers indicate
20666 what level of nesting within the formula you are at.
20667 You can also choose a particular formula type to insert via the
20669 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20675 \begin_layout Standard
20676 Editing the parameters of a formula and adding math constructs can be done
20680 \begin_inset space ~
20685 , that appears when the cursor is in a formula.
20688 \begin_layout Standard
20689 There are two main types of formulas: Inline formulas appear within a text
20690 line, like this one:
20693 \begin_layout Standard
20694 This is a line with an inline formula
20695 \begin_inset Formula $A=B$
20701 \begin_layout Standard
20702 Displayed formulas appear outside the text like as they were in an own paragraph
20704 \begin_inset Formula \[
20709 You can only number and reference displayed formulas.
20712 \begin_layout Standard
20713 LyX supports also many LaTeX math commands.
20715 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20719 \begin_inset space \space{}
20723 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20733 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20736 , followed by a space, in a formula will create the Greek letter
20737 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha$
20741 So typing commands might sometimes be faster than using the
20744 \begin_inset space ~
20752 \begin_layout Subsection
20753 Navigating in Formulas
20757 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20766 \begin_layout Standard
20767 The best control over the cursor position within an existing formula is
20768 achieved with the arrow keys.
20769 LyX uses small rectangles to indicate places where something can be inserted.
20770 The arrow keys can be used to navigate between parts of a formula.
20775 will leave a formula construct (a square root
20776 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2}$
20780 \begin_inset Formula $\left(f\right)$
20784 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
20786 3 & 4\end{array}\right]$
20794 will leave the formula, placing the cursor after the formula.
20799 can be used to move horizontally in a formula; for example, through the
20800 cells of a matrix or the positions in a multi-line equation.
20803 \begin_layout Standard
20808 , printed in this document as
20809 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20816 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20826 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20830 \begin_inset Note Note
20833 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20834 This command will appear in the output as official character denoting the
20835 space character (visible space).
20840 , seems to do nothing in a formula, since it does not add a space between
20841 characters, but it does exit a nested structure.
20842 For this reason, you have to be careful about using
20847 For example, if you want
20848 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x+1}$
20859 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20878 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20891 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20902 , since in the latter case only the
20905 \begin_inset Formula $2x$
20910 will be under the square root sign:
20911 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x}+1$
20917 \begin_layout Standard
20918 You can leave many parts of a formula, like this matrix, partially filled
20920 \begin_inset Formula \[
20921 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
20924 & & \lambda_{n}\end{array}\right)\]
20928 If you leave a fraction only partially filled in, or a subscript with nothing
20929 in it, the results will be unpredictable, but most constructs don't mind.
20932 \begin_layout Subsection
20936 \begin_layout Standard
20937 You can select text within a formula in two different ways.
20938 Place the cursor at one end of the string of text you want, and press
20942 and a cursor movement key to select text.
20943 It will be highlighted as with regular text selection.
20944 Alternatively, you can select text with the mouse in the usual way.
20945 That text can then be cut or copied, and then pasted within any formula,
20946 but not in a normal text region in LyX.
20949 \begin_layout Subsection
20950 Exponents and Subscripts
20954 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20964 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20973 \begin_layout Standard
20974 You can use the math panel to add super- or subscripts, but the much easier
20975 way is to use a command.
20977 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}$
20980 , type in a formula
20986 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21002 puts the cursor back down on the base line of the expression.
21008 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2y}$
21012 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}y$
21021 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21033 If you use characters in the superscript, that could be accented with the
21035 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21039 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21042 , you have to use an extra
21046 to separate the hat and the character.
21048 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
21052 \begin_inset space \space{}
21056 \begin_inset Formula $x^{a}$
21065 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21077 Subscripts are similar: To get
21078 \begin_inset Formula $a_{1}$
21087 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21101 \begin_layout Subsection
21106 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21115 \begin_layout Standard
21116 Create a fraction with either the command
21123 \begin_inset Graphics
21124 filename ../images/math/frac.png
21132 \begin_inset space ~
21138 You will be presented with an empty fraction.
21139 The cursor is above the fraction line.
21140 To move it to the bottom, simply press
21145 To move back up, press
21150 Any math structure can be placed in a fraction, as this example shows:
21151 \begin_inset Formula \[
21152 \left[\frac{1}{\left(\begin{array}{cc}
21154 4 & 5\end{array}\right)}\right]\]
21161 \begin_layout Subsection
21166 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21175 \begin_layout Standard
21176 Roots can be created using the
21179 \begin_inset space ~
21185 \begin_inset Graphics
21186 filename ../images/math/sqrt.png
21209 you can produce roots of higher orders, like cube roots, while
21215 produces always a square root.
21218 \begin_layout Subsection
21219 Operators with Limits
21223 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21233 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21240 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21242 name "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
21249 \begin_layout Standard
21251 \begin_inset Formula $\sum$
21255 \begin_inset Formula $\int$
21258 ) operators are very often decorated with limits.
21259 These limits can be entered in LyX by entering them as you would enter
21260 a super- or subscript, directly after the symbol.
21261 The sum operator will automatically place its
21262 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21266 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21269 over and under the symbol in displayed formulas, and on the side in inline
21272 \begin_inset Formula $\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e$
21276 \begin_inset Formula \[
21277 \sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e\]
21281 Integral signs, however, will place the limits on the side in both formula
21285 \begin_layout Standard
21286 All operators with limits will be automatically re-sized when placed in
21288 The placement of the limits can be changed by placing the cursor directly
21289 behind the operator and hitting
21297 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21298 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21300 \begin_inset space ~
21304 \begin_inset space ~
21312 \begin_layout Standard
21313 Certain other mathematical expressions have this
21314 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21318 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21321 feature as addition, such as
21325 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21332 \begin_inset Formula \[
21333 \lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x),\]
21337 which will place the
21338 \begin_inset Formula $x\rightarrow\infty$
21342 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21346 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21350 In inline formulas it looks like this:
21351 \begin_inset Formula $\lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x)$
21357 \begin_layout Standard
21358 Note that the lim-function was entered as the function macro
21365 Have a look at section
21366 \begin_inset space ~
21370 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21372 reference "sub:Functions"
21376 for an explanation of function macros.
21379 \begin_layout Subsection
21384 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21393 \begin_layout Standard
21394 Most math symbols can be found in the
21397 \begin_inset space ~
21402 under one of several categories; including
21419 There are also the additional symbols provided by the American Mathematical
21423 \begin_layout Standard
21424 If you know the LaTeX-command for a construct or symbol you wish to use,
21425 you don't have to use the
21428 \begin_inset space ~
21433 , but can type the command directly into the formula.
21434 LyX will convert it to the corresponding symbol or construct.
21437 \begin_layout Subsection
21442 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21451 \begin_layout Standard
21452 You may want to create spaces that differs from the standard spacing that
21457 arg "space-insert protected"
21463 \begin_inset space ~
21469 \begin_inset Graphics
21470 filename ../images/math/space.png
21475 This generates a small space, and shows a small marker on the screen.
21476 Here a example for the sequence
21481 \begin_inset Formula $a\, b$
21485 \begin_inset Graphics
21486 filename clipart/SpaceMarker.png
21491 You can change the space to different sizes when you set the cursor behind
21492 the space marker and hit space again several times.
21493 With every space hit the size will be changed.
21494 Some markers for the space size appear red in LyX, because they are a negative
21499 \begin_layout Standard
21509 \begin_inset Formula $a\quad b$
21515 \begin_layout Standard
21525 \begin_inset Formula $a\! b$
21531 \begin_layout Subsection
21536 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21543 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21545 name "sub:Functions"
21552 \begin_layout Standard
21556 \begin_inset space ~
21561 contains under the button
21562 \begin_inset Graphics
21563 filename ../images/math/functions.png
21567 a number of functions, such as
21568 \begin_inset Formula $\sin$
21572 \begin_inset Formula $\lim$
21580 (you can also insert them in a formula by typing
21587 Standard mathematical practice is, that functions are printed upright to
21588 avoid confusions, because
21589 \begin_inset Formula $sin$
21593 \begin_inset Formula $s·i·n$
21599 \begin_layout Standard
21600 Using the function macros will also produce correct spacing around the function:
21602 \begin_inset Formula $a\sin x$
21606 \begin_inset Formula $asinx$
21612 \begin_layout Standard
21613 For some mathematical objects, like the limes, the macro changes the way
21614 that subscripts are placed, like described in section
21615 \begin_inset space ~
21619 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21621 reference "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
21628 \begin_layout Subsection
21633 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21642 \begin_layout Standard
21643 In a formula you can insert accented characters in the same way as in text
21645 This may depend on your keyboard, or the bindings file you use.
21646 You can also use LaTeX commands to e.
21647 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
21651 \begin_inset space \space{}
21655 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
21658 even if your keyboard doesn't have hat-accents enabled.
21659 Our example is entered by typing
21667 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21680 \begin_inset space ~
21684 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21686 reference "cap:Accent-names-and"
21690 shows the equivalences between the accent names and the commands.
21693 \begin_layout Standard
21694 \begin_inset Float table
21699 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21700 \begin_inset Caption
21702 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21703 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21705 name "cap:Accent-names-and"
21709 Accent names and the corresponding commands.
21717 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21719 \begin_inset Tabular
21720 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="11" columns="3">
21722 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
21723 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
21724 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
21726 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21729 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21735 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21738 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21744 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21747 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21764 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21767 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21782 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21785 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21795 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21798 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21808 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
21818 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21821 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21836 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21839 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21849 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21852 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21862 \begin_inset Formula $\grave{a}$
21872 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21875 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21890 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21893 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21903 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21906 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21916 \begin_inset Formula $\acute{a}$
21926 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21929 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21944 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21947 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21957 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21960 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21970 \begin_inset Formula $\ddot{a}$
21980 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21983 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21998 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22001 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22011 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22014 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22024 \begin_inset Formula $\tilde{a}$
22034 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22037 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22052 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22055 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22065 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22068 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22078 \begin_inset Formula $\dot{a}$
22088 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22091 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22106 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22109 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22119 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22122 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22132 \begin_inset Formula $\breve{a}$
22142 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22145 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22160 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22163 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22173 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22176 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22186 \begin_inset Formula $\check{a}$
22196 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22199 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22214 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22217 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22227 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22230 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22240 \begin_inset Formula $\bar{a}$
22250 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22253 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22259 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22262 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22272 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22275 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22285 \begin_inset Formula $\vec{a}$
22306 \begin_layout Standard
22307 You can choose one of the accents by selecting an item from the
22310 \begin_inset space ~
22316 \begin_inset Graphics
22317 filename ../images/math/hat.png
22321 in the math panel ; this will apply to any selection you have made within
22325 \begin_layout Section
22326 Brackets and Delimiters
22330 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22340 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22347 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22349 name "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
22356 \begin_layout Standard
22357 There are several brackets available through LyX.
22358 For most purposes, using just the keys
22363 But if you want to surround a large structure, like a matrix or a fraction,
22364 or if you have several layers of brackets, is better using
22367 \begin_inset space ~
22373 \begin_inset Graphics
22374 filename ../images/math/delim.png
22379 For example, that's how you would construct the brackets around a standard
22381 \begin_inset Formula \[
22382 \left[\begin{array}{cc}
22384 3 & 4\end{array}\right]\]
22388 and to make it easier to see the layers of parentheses as in:
22389 \begin_inset Formula \[
22390 \frac{1}{\left(1+\left(\frac{1}{1+\left(\frac{1}{1+x}\right)}\right)\right)}\]
22397 \begin_layout Standard
22398 The parentheses, and other brackets from that menu will automatically re-size
22399 to accommodate the size of what is inside.
22402 \begin_layout Standard
22403 To construct brackets click on the button for the bracket you want on the
22404 left side and right side.
22405 If you use the option
22408 \begin_inset space ~
22413 , the selected bracket type will be used for the left and the right side.
22414 The selection will be shown below the button field.
22415 If you want one side to not have a bracket, use the blank button.
22416 It will appear in LyX with a dotted line, but nothing will be printed.
22419 \begin_layout Standard
22420 If you want to place brackets around math structures, like a square root,
22421 you can do that by highlighting (selecting) the structure that is to go
22422 inside the brackets.
22423 Then choose the appropriate brackets for left and right and click on
22428 The parentheses will be drawn around the selected structure.
22431 \begin_layout Standard
22432 The next section explains how to insert a LaTeX
22433 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22437 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22443 \begin_layout Section
22448 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22457 \begin_layout Standard
22458 You may need to group a set of symbols.
22459 In LaTeX, for example, the typesetting of
22470 \begin_layout Standard
22471 \begin_inset Formula \[
22472 {x^{y}}^{z}\quad\mathrm{differs\; from}\quad x^{y^{z}}\]
22479 \begin_layout Standard
22480 To create this grouping, you need to use the key sequence
22481 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22491 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22495 Inside LyX, you will see red braces indicating the grouping.
22496 Within this braces you insert the grouped structure.
22497 The grouping braces won't appear in the output in contrary to normal braces.
22500 \begin_layout Section
22501 Arrays and Multi-line Equations
22505 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22515 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22525 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22526 Math ! Multi-line Equations
22534 \begin_layout Standard
22535 Matrices are entered in LyX using the
22538 \begin_inset space ~
22544 \begin_inset Graphics
22545 filename ../images/math/matrix.png
22550 It will open a dialog for you to choose the number of rows/columns.
22551 Here is an example:
22552 \begin_inset Formula \[
22553 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
22556 7 & 8 & 9\end{array}\right)\]
22560 The parentheses aren't automatic, but you can add them as described in section
22561 \begin_inset space ~
22565 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22567 reference "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
22572 When you construct the matrix, you can decide whether the column entries
22573 will be left-, right-, or center-justified.
22574 This alignment is set in the box
22579 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22587 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22591 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22599 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22603 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22611 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22616 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22624 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22627 for every column as default.
22628 For example, the sequence
22629 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22637 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22640 means that the first column will be left-justified, the second will be
22641 centered, and the third column will be right-justified, because each letter
22642 corresponds to the relevant column.
22643 The result will look like this:
22644 \begin_inset Formula \[
22646 this & this\, column & this\, column\\
22647 column & has & has\, right\\
22648 has\, left\, alignment & center\, alignment & alignment\end{array}.\]
22655 \begin_layout Standard
22656 You can add more rows to an existing matrix by hitting
22659 arg "newline-insert newline"
22662 while the cursor is in the matrix.
22663 Adding or deleting columns can be done via the menu
22665 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22671 \begin_layout Standard
22672 There are other arrays used in formulas, such as distinctions of cases.
22673 It can be created with the menu
22675 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22676 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22678 \begin_inset space ~
22691 \begin_inset Formula \[
22695 1 & x>0\end{cases}\]
22702 \begin_layout Standard
22703 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
22706 Multi-line formulas are created when you press
22709 arg "newline-insert newline"
22713 In an empty formula you can see that three blue boxes appear, one for each
22718 arg "newline-insert newline"
22721 in a non-empty formula, the part before the relation sign (equal sign
22722 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22726 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22729 etc.) will be inserted automatically to the first column, the relation sign
22730 is in the second column, and the rest in the third column.
22731 A new row is created by every further hit of
22734 arg "newline-insert newline"
22738 Multi-line formulas are always displayed formulas.
22739 Here is an example:
22740 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
22741 a^{2} & = & (b^{2}+c^{2})(b^{2}-c^{2})\nonumber \\
22742 a & = & \sqrt{b^{4}-c^{4}}\label{eq:asquared}\end{eqnarray}
22746 To change the column assignment of the formula parts, place the cursor
22747 where you want to start the shift and hit
22752 It shifts everything in the column which is right beside the current cursor
22753 position to the next column.
22754 Note that the middle column is designed for relation signs, structures
22755 within this column will be printed in a smaller size:
22756 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray*}
22757 \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B}\end{eqnarray*}
22764 \begin_layout Standard
22765 The multi-line formula type described here is called
22772 There are other multi-line types being more suitable for certain situations,
22773 for example if you want a better inter-line spacing than in formula (
22774 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22776 reference "eq:asquared"
22781 The other types are described in section
22782 \begin_inset space ~
22786 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22788 reference "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
22795 \begin_layout Section
22796 Formula Numbering and Referencing
22800 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22801 Math ! Formula numbering
22810 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22811 Math ! Referencing formulas
22817 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22819 name "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
22826 \begin_layout Standard
22827 To number a formula, set the cursor in the formula and use the menu
22829 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22830 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22832 \begin_inset space ~
22840 arg "math-number-toggle"
22844 The formula number appears in LyX as
22845 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22849 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22852 within parentheses.
22854 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22858 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22861 denotes, that the number will be calculated automatically when the output
22863 The placement and format of the formula number in the output depends on
22864 the document class.
22865 In this document the number is printed together with the chapter number,
22866 separated by a dot:
22867 \begin_inset Formula \begin{equation}
22868 1+1=2\end{equation}
22875 arg "math-number-toggle"
22878 in a numbered formula will switch off the numbering.
22879 You can only number displayed formulas.
22882 \begin_layout Standard
22883 Multi-line formulas can be numbered line by line: Using the menu
22885 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22886 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22888 \begin_inset space ~
22892 \begin_inset space ~
22896 \begin_inset space ~
22904 arg "math-number-line-toggle"
22907 will only toggle the numbering of the line where the cursor is in:
22908 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
22910 2 & = & 4-2\nonumber \\
22911 4 & \leq & 7\end{eqnarray}
22915 To number all lines use the shortcut
22918 arg "math-number-toggle"
22924 \begin_layout Standard
22925 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
22928 Every displayed formula can be referenced by its number using a label.
22929 A label is inserted with the menu
22931 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22934 when the cursor is in the formula.
22935 This opens a dialog to enter the label.
22936 It is recommended to use the proposed
22937 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22945 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22948 as first part of the label, because this helps later to identify the label
22949 type when you have many labels in your document.
22950 We inserted in the following example the label
22951 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22955 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22958 in the second line:
22959 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
22960 \tanh(x) & = & \frac{\sinh(x)}{\cosh(x)}\nonumber \\
22961 & = & \frac{\mathrm{e}^{2x}-1}{\mathrm{e}^{2x}+1}\label{eq:tanhExp}\end{eqnarray}
22965 Every labeled line is automatically numbered.
22966 Therefore the label is shown in LyX at the place of the formula number
22968 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22972 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22976 You can reference a labeled formula using the menu
22978 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22980 \begin_inset space ~
22986 A dialog appears to choose a label you want refer to.
22987 The reference appears in LyX as grey cross reference box and in the output
22988 as the formula number:
22991 \begin_layout Standard
22992 This is a cross-reference to equation (
22993 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22995 reference "eq:tanhExp"
23002 \begin_layout Standard
23003 The properties of LyX's cross-reference box are described in section
23004 \begin_inset space ~
23008 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23010 reference "sec:Cross-References"
23015 To delete a label, set the cursor in the labeled formula, use the menu
23018 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23021 and delete the label in the appearing dialog.
23025 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23026 This is a unintuitive and will be fixed in the next version of LyX.
23034 \begin_layout Section
23035 User defined math macros
23039 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23046 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23048 name "sec:math-macros"
23055 \begin_layout Standard
23056 LyX allows you to define macros for formulas.
23057 For example we assume that solutions of the quadratic equation often occur
23058 in our document in various forms and we want to create a macro to print
23060 \begin_inset Newline newline
23063 The general form of a quadratic equation is:
23064 \begin_inset Formula \[
23065 0=\lambda^{2}+p\lambda+q\]
23069 The general form of its solution is:
23070 \begin_inset Formula \[
23071 \lambda_{1,2}=-\frac{p}{2}\pm\sqrt{\frac{p^{2}}{4}-q}\]
23078 \begin_layout Standard
23079 The macro should print the parameters
23080 \begin_inset Formula $\lambda$
23084 \begin_inset Formula $p$
23088 \begin_inset Formula $q$
23091 like in the equation above.
23094 \begin_layout Standard
23095 A macro is created by executing the command
23098 \begin_layout Standard
23105 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23118 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23128 \begin_inset space ~
23132 \begin_inset space ~
23138 \begin_layout Standard
23139 in the minibuffer at the bottom of the LyX screen.
23140 Name is the name of the new macro which mustn't contain numbers.
23141 The number of arguments can be a number in the range 1-9.
23142 If you want to define a macro without arguments, don't declare the number
23146 \begin_layout Standard
23147 We have three arguments and name the macro
23148 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23152 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23155 , so that the command is:
23158 \begin_layout Standard
23165 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23178 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23190 \begin_layout Standard
23191 This results in the following macro definition box:
23192 \begin_inset Graphics
23193 filename clipart/macrobox.png
23198 \begin_inset FormulaMacro
23199 \newcommand{\qE}[3]{#1_{1,\,2}=-\frac{#2}{2}\pm\sqrt{\frac{#2^{2}}{4}-#3}}
23200 {\textrm{qE: }#1\textrm{ , }#2\textrm{ , }#3}
23204 \begin_inset Note Note
23207 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23208 The first box is an image to show the behavior in the output.
23209 The second one is the definition box, that doesn't appear in the output.
23217 \begin_layout Standard
23218 The first blue box is for the definition, where you insert the formula via
23219 the math panel or commands.
23220 The placeholder for the arguments are inserted as a backslash and sharp
23221 followed by the argument number, e.
23222 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
23226 \begin_inset space \space{}
23230 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23236 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23239 for the first argument.
23240 Placeholders will be displayed in red.
23241 The second blue box is for the appearance in LyX.
23242 This is useful when you have a large structure that shouldn't be displayed
23243 in LyX with its full size.
23244 If you want to see the macro as it is defined, leave the box blank.
23245 In our example we insert the sequence
23246 \begin_inset Newline newline
23274 \begin_inset Newline newline
23279 The macro will then be shown as the macro name followed by the three arguments.
23282 \begin_layout Standard
23283 To use the macro in a formula, type its name as command, in our case
23284 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23294 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23298 The macro is inserted with boxes for the arguments looking similar to this:
23301 \begin_layout Standard
23303 \begin_inset Graphics
23304 filename clipart/macrouse.png
23311 \begin_layout Standard
23312 The arguments are inserted in the blue boxes.
23313 If the cursor is outside the macro, the arguments are put in the macro.
23314 To change the arguments, put the cursor in the formula before or after
23315 the macro and press the right or left arrow key respectively.
23316 The arguments appear now again below the macro definition.
23319 \begin_layout Standard
23320 If you change the macro definition all macros are changed automatically
23321 to the new definition.
23322 Here an example of our macro with the arguments
23323 \begin_inset Formula $x$
23327 \begin_inset Formula $\ln(x)$
23331 \begin_inset Formula $B$
23335 \begin_inset Formula \[
23343 \begin_layout Standard
23344 When the document is exported to LaTeX, the macro definition will be inserted
23348 \begin_layout Standard
23362 \begin_inset Newline newline
23369 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23384 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23395 frac{#2^{2}}{4}-#3}}
23398 \begin_layout Standard
23399 The command is not inserted in the document preamble.
23400 That means you can only use macros in formulas that are below the macro
23401 definition box in your document.
23402 There are also some other restrictions: The command
23404 newcommand supports optional arguments, which are not available in LyX's
23406 You can also not change subsequently the name of the macro and the number
23411 \begin_layout Section
23415 \begin_layout Subsection
23420 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23429 \begin_layout Standard
23430 The standard font for text is italic, for numbers the standard is roman.
23431 To set a font in a formula, use the
23434 \begin_inset space ~
23440 \begin_inset Graphics
23441 filename ../images/math/font.png
23445 , or enter its command, listed in table
23446 \begin_inset space ~
23450 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23452 reference "cap:Typefaces-and-the"
23459 \begin_layout Standard
23460 \begin_inset Float table
23465 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23466 \begin_inset Caption
23468 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23469 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23471 name "cap:Typefaces-and-the"
23475 Typefaces and the corresponding commands.
23483 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23485 \begin_inset Tabular
23486 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="9" columns="2">
23488 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
23489 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
23491 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23494 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23500 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23503 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23511 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23514 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23521 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{Roman}$
23529 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23532 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23544 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23547 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23548 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbf{Bold}}$
23556 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23559 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23571 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23574 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23575 \begin_inset Formula $\mathit{Italic}$
23583 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23586 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23598 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23601 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23608 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{Typewriter}$
23616 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23619 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23631 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23634 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23635 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbb{BLACKBOARD}}$
23643 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23646 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23658 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23661 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23662 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{Fraktur}$
23670 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23673 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23685 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23688 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23696 \begin_inset Formula $\mathcal{CALLIGRAPHIC}$
23704 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23707 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23719 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23722 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23723 \begin_inset Formula $\mathsf{SansSerif}$
23731 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23734 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23757 \begin_layout Standard
23758 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
23761 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23766 that you can only print capital letters in the typefaces
23782 \begin_layout Standard
23783 When you use a typeface, a blue box is inserted in the formula.
23784 Every character in this box will be printed in this typeface.
23789 within the box, will set the cursor outside, so that you have to use a
23790 protected space when you need a space in the box.
23791 Here an example where a
23792 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23796 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23803 denotes the set of numbers:
23804 \begin_inset Formula \[
23805 f(x)=\sqrt{x}\:;\: x\in\mathbb{N}\]
23812 \begin_layout Standard
23813 The typefaces are nestable, which can cause confusion.
23815 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
23819 \begin_inset space \space{}
23831 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{abc\mathfrak{d}e}$
23835 \begin_inset Newline newline
23838 So better don't use this feature.
23841 \begin_layout Standard
23842 The typefaces have no effect on Greek letters:
23843 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{abc\delta e}$
23847 \begin_inset Newline newline
23850 You can only print them emboldened using the command
23856 , which works like the other typeface commands:
23857 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha\beta\gamma\boldsymbol{\alpha\beta\gamma}$
23863 \begin_layout Standard
23870 works for all symbols, letters, and numbers.
23873 \begin_layout Standard
23874 A number of other font options are available as well, in the menu
23876 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23877 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23879 \begin_inset space ~
23887 \begin_layout Subsection
23892 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23901 \begin_layout Standard
23902 Typefaces are useful for entering some characters in some given font, but
23904 For typing longer pieces of text use the math text, which is obtained using
23908 \begin_inset space ~
23912 \begin_inset space ~
23920 \begin_inset space ~
23926 \begin_inset Graphics
23927 filename ../images/math/font.png
23934 \begin_inset space ~
23940 Math text appears in LyX in black instead of blue.
23941 You can use spaces and accents in math text like in normal text.
23942 Here is an example:
23943 \begin_inset Formula \[
23945 x & \textrm{if I say so}\\
23946 -x & \textrm{unter Umständen}\end{cases}\]
23953 \begin_layout Subsection
23958 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23967 \begin_layout Standard
23968 There are four font styles (relative sizes) used in math-mode, which are
23969 automatically chosen in most situations.
23987 For most characters,
23995 are actually the same size, but fractions, superscripts and subscripts,
23996 and certain other structures, are set larger in
24001 Except for some operators, which resize themselves to accommodate various
24002 situations, all text will be set in the styles as LaTeX thinks is appropriate.
24003 These choices can be overridden by using the math panel button
24004 \begin_inset Graphics
24005 filename ../images/math/style.png
24010 A box for the size will be created in which you can insert the math structure.
24011 For example, you can set
24012 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{1}{2}$
24015 , which is normally in
24024 \begin_inset Formula ${\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}$
24028 The four styles are used in the following example:
24031 \begin_layout Standard
24032 \begin_inset Formula $displaystyle$
24036 \begin_inset Formula ${\textstyle textstyle}$
24040 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptstyle scriptstyle}$
24044 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptscriptstyle scriptscriptstyle}$
24050 \begin_layout Standard
24051 All these math-mode font sizes are relative, that means, if the whole math
24052 inset is set in a particular size with the menu
24054 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24056 \begin_inset space ~
24061 , all sizes in the formula will be adjusted relative to this size.
24062 Similarly, if the base font size of the document is changed, all fonts
24063 will be adjusted to correspond.
24064 As example a formula in the font size
24065 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24069 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24075 \begin_layout Standard
24079 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{e}=\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}$
24085 \begin_layout Section
24089 \begin_layout Standard
24090 As of LyX 1.6, support for theorem-like environments has been moved out of
24091 the document classes and into layout modules.
24095 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24101 As a result, theorem-like environments can now easily be used with classes
24102 other than the AMS classes.
24104 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24106 reference "sub:Modules"
24110 for more on layout modules.
24113 \begin_layout Section
24118 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24128 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24137 \begin_layout Standard
24138 LyX supports the packages provided by the American Mathematical Society
24139 (AMS) that are in common use.
24142 \begin_layout Subsection
24143 Enabling AMS-Support
24146 \begin_layout Standard
24147 Selecting the checkbox
24150 \begin_inset space ~
24154 \begin_inset space ~
24158 \begin_inset space ~
24165 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24172 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24173 Document ! Settings
24181 \begin_inset space ~
24186 will include the AMS-packages in the document, and make the facilities
24188 AMS is needed for many math-constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in
24189 formulas, assure that you have enabled AMS.
24192 \begin_layout Subsection
24194 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24196 name "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
24204 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24205 Math ! Multi-line Equations
24213 \begin_layout Standard
24214 AMS-LaTeX provides a selection of different formula types.
24215 LyX allows you to choose between
24236 We refer to the AMS-documentation for an explanation of these formula types.
24239 \begin_layout Chapter
24243 \begin_layout Section
24248 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24255 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24257 name "sec:Cross-References"
24264 \begin_layout Standard
24265 One of LyX's strengths are cross-references.
24266 You can reference every section, float, footnote, formula, and list in
24268 To reference a document part, you have to insert a label into it.
24269 The label is used as anchor and name for the reference.
24270 We want for example refer to the the second item of the following list:
24273 \begin_layout Enumerate
24277 \begin_layout Enumerate
24278 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24280 name "enu:Second-item"
24287 \begin_layout Enumerate
24291 \begin_layout Standard
24292 First we insert a label into the second item with the menu
24294 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24297 or the by pressing the toolbar button
24298 \begin_inset Graphics
24299 filename ../images/label-insert.png
24305 A grey label box like this:
24306 \begin_inset Graphics
24307 filename clipart/labelQt4.png
24312 is inserted and the label window pops up asking for the label text.
24313 LyX offers as text the first words of the item with a prefix, in our case
24315 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24323 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24328 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24336 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24340 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24344 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24348 The prefix depends on the document part where the label is inserted, e.
24349 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
24353 \begin_inset space \space{}
24356 if you insert a label to a section heading, the prefix will be
24357 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24365 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24371 \begin_layout Standard
24372 To reference the item, we refer to its label using the menu
24374 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24377 or the toolbar button
24378 \begin_inset Graphics
24379 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_ref.png
24385 A grey cross-reference box like this:
24386 \begin_inset Graphics
24387 filename clipart/referenceQt4.png
24392 is inserted and the cross-reference window appear showing all labels of
24394 We can now sort the labels alphabetically and then choose the entry
24395 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24403 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24407 At the position of the cross-reference box the item number will appear
24409 Here is our cross-reference:
24412 \begin_layout Standard
24414 \begin_inset space ~
24418 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24420 reference "enu:Second-item"
24427 \begin_layout Standard
24428 It is recommended to use a protected space
24432 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24433 described in section
24434 \begin_inset space ~
24438 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24440 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
24449 between the cross-reference name and its number to avoid ugly line breaks
24453 \begin_layout Standard
24454 There are six varieties of cross-references:
24457 \begin_layout Description
24458 <reference>: prints the float number, this is the default:
24459 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24461 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24468 \begin_layout Description
24469 (<reference>): prints the float number within two parentheses, this is the
24470 style normally used to reference formulas, especially when the reference
24472 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24476 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24480 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24482 reference "eq:tanhExp"
24489 \begin_layout Description
24490 <page>: prints the page number: Page
24491 \begin_inset space ~
24495 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24496 LatexCommand pageref
24497 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24504 \begin_layout Description
24506 \begin_inset space ~
24510 \begin_inset space ~
24513 <page>: prints the text "on page" and the page number:
24514 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24515 LatexCommand vpageref
24516 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24523 \begin_layout Description
24525 \begin_inset space ~
24529 \begin_inset space ~
24533 \begin_inset space ~
24536 <page>: prints the float number, the text "on page", and the page number:
24538 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24540 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24547 \begin_layout Description
24549 \begin_inset space ~
24552 reference: prints a self defined cross-reference format.
24553 \begin_inset Newline newline
24557 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
24560 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24565 This feature is only available when you have the LaTeX-package
24573 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24574 LaTeX-packages ! prettyref
24587 \begin_layout Standard
24588 Note that the style <page> won't print the page number if the label is on
24589 the previous, the same, or the next page.
24591 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
24595 \begin_inset space \space{}
24599 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24607 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24613 \begin_layout Standard
24614 The number and current page of the referred document part in the output,
24615 is automatically calculated by LaTeX.
24616 The varieties are adjusted in the field
24620 of the cross-reference window, that appear when you click on the cross-referenc
24624 \begin_layout Standard
24625 You can only use the style
24629 to reference numbered document parts, while the reference style
24633 is always possible.
24636 \begin_layout Standard
24637 If you want to reference a section, put the label in the section heading,
24638 to reference a float, put the label in the caption.
24639 For footnotes you can put the label somewhere in it.
24640 Referencing formulas is explained in section
24641 \begin_inset space ~
24645 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24647 reference "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
24654 \begin_layout Standard
24658 \begin_inset space ~
24662 \begin_inset space ~
24667 in the cross-reference window sets the the cursor before the referred label.
24668 The button text changes then to
24671 \begin_inset space ~
24676 and you can use it to set the cursor back to the cross-reference.
24677 Right-clicking on a cross-reference box also sets the cursor before the
24678 referred label but without a possibility to go back.
24682 \begin_layout Standard
24683 You can change labels at any time by clicking on the label box.
24684 References to the changed label will automatically change its link to the
24685 new label text, so that you don't need to take care about this.
24688 \begin_layout Standard
24689 If a cross-reference refers to a non-existing label, you'll see two question
24690 marks in the output instead of the reference.
24693 \begin_layout Standard
24694 References are described in detail in the
24701 \begin_layout Section
24702 Table of Contents and other Listings
24706 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24716 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24723 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24732 \begin_layout Subsection
24734 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24736 name "sub:Table-of-Contents"
24743 \begin_layout Standard
24744 The Table of Contents (TOC) is inserted with the menu
24746 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24747 List/TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24749 \begin_inset space ~
24753 \begin_inset space ~
24759 Is is displayed in LyX as a gray box.
24760 If you click on it, the
24764 window appears, showing you the TOC entries as outline to move and rearrange
24765 sections in your documents.
24766 So this operation is an alternative to the menu
24768 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24771 that is described in sec.
24772 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
24776 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24778 reference "sec:Navigating"
24785 \begin_layout Standard
24786 The TOC in the document output lists every numbered section automatically.
24787 If you have declared a short title for a section heading, as described
24789 \begin_inset space ~
24793 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24795 reference "sec:Short-Titles"
24799 , it will be used in the TOC instead of the section heading.
24801 \begin_inset space ~
24805 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24807 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
24811 describes how the level is adjusted that defines which section types are
24813 Unnumbered sections are not listed in the TOC.
24816 \begin_layout Subsection
24817 List of Figures, Tables, and Algorithms
24818 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24820 name "sub:List-of-Figures"
24827 \begin_layout Standard
24828 Table, figure, and algorithm lists are very much like the table of contents.
24829 You can insert them via the
24831 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24833 \begin_inset space ~
24837 \begin_inset space ~
24843 The list entries are the float captions and the float number.
24846 \begin_layout Section
24847 URLs and Hyperlinks
24851 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24861 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24870 \begin_layout Subsection
24872 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24881 \begin_layout Standard
24882 Links to web pages or email addresses can be inserted via the menu
24884 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24890 \begin_layout Standard
24891 Here is an example URL: LyX's homepage:
24892 \begin_inset Flex URL
24895 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24905 \begin_layout Standard
24906 You cannot change the style of the link text, the URL text will always be
24912 To be able to format the URL text, use hyperlinks as explained in the next
24916 \begin_layout Standard
24917 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
24920 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24925 URLs must not end with a backslash, otherwise you get LaTeX errors.
24933 \begin_layout Subsection
24935 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24937 name "sub:Hyperlinks"
24944 \begin_layout Standard
24945 Hyperlinks can be inserted with the menu
24947 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24950 or with the toolbar button
24951 \begin_inset Graphics
24952 filename ../images/href-insert.png
24953 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
24958 The appearing dialog has two fields:
24967 The name is the printed text for the hyperlink.
24968 The hyperlink type can be a weblink like this:
24969 \begin_inset CommandInset href
24971 name "LyX's homepage"
24972 target "http://www.lyx.org"
24976 , an Email address like this:
24977 \begin_inset CommandInset href
24979 name "lyx-docs mailing list"
24980 target "lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org?subject=LyX's documentation"
24985 , or a link to a file.
24988 \begin_layout Standard
24989 You can start applications via a hyperlink when you insert a weblink, but
24991 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24999 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25002 to the link target.
25005 \begin_layout Standard
25006 Hyperlinks will automatically be hyphenated if necessary in the PDF output,
25007 and become clickable in the DVI and PDF-output.
25008 To set the format of the link text, highlight the hyperlink inset and use
25009 the text style dialog.
25010 This is for example a hyperlink with bold sans serif text:
25014 \begin_inset CommandInset href
25016 name "LyX's homepage"
25017 target "http://www.lyx.org"
25024 \begin_layout Standard
25025 The link text color can be changed, when the option
25029 is set in the PDF Properties dialog (menu
25031 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25032 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25036 The link text is for example set in this document to blue by adding the
25038 \begin_inset Newline newline
25046 \begin_inset Newline newline
25053 in the PDF Properties dialog.
25056 \begin_layout Section
25061 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25068 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25070 name "sec:Appendices"
25077 \begin_layout Standard
25078 Appendices are created with the menu
25080 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25082 \begin_inset space ~
25086 \begin_inset space ~
25092 This menu sets the document from the current cursor position to the end
25093 as appendix region.
25094 The region is marked with a red borderline.
25097 \begin_layout Standard
25098 Every chapter (or section) within the appendix region is treated as an appendix,
25099 numbered with a capital Latin letter.
25100 The appendix subsections are numbered with this letter followed by a dot
25101 and the subsection number.
25102 All appendix sections can be referenced as if they were normal sections,
25106 \begin_layout Standard
25108 \begin_inset space ~
25112 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25114 reference "cha:Credits"
25119 \begin_inset space ~
25123 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25125 reference "sub:Export"
25132 \begin_layout Section
25137 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25144 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25146 name "sec:Bibliography"
25153 \begin_layout Standard
25154 There are two ways of generating the bibliography in a LyX-document.
25155 You can include a bibliography database,
25159 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25160 Known under the name
25161 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25165 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25173 which is explained in the next subsection, or you can insert the bibliography
25174 manually, using the paragraph environment
25178 , which was described in section
25179 \begin_inset space ~
25183 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25185 reference "sub:Biblio_environment"
25190 If you want anything other than numerical citations that are used in this
25191 document, like author-year cituations, then you must
25195 use a bibliography database.
25198 \begin_layout Subsection
25199 The Bibliography Environment
25202 \begin_layout Standard
25207 environment, every paragraph begins with a gray bibliography box labeled
25209 If you click on it, you will get a dialog in which you can set a
25218 The key is the symbolic name by which you will refer to this bibliography
25220 For example, our second entry in the bibliography is a book about LaTeX
25222 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25226 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25229 , a short form of its title, as key.
25232 \begin_layout Standard
25233 You can refer to the key of a bibliography entry using the menu
25235 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25238 or the toolbar button
25239 \begin_inset Graphics
25240 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_citation.png
25241 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
25246 A citation reference box is inserted and a citation window will appear
25247 in which you can select one or more keys in the available key list.
25248 The citation reference box will be labeled with the referenced key.
25249 When you click on the box, the citation window appears and you can change
25253 \begin_layout Standard
25254 Citation references appear in the output as number of the bibliography entry
25255 with surrounding brackets.
25260 for the entry, the label will appear instead of the number.
25261 Here two examples; the first without a label, the second with the label
25263 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25267 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25273 \begin_layout Standard
25276 LaTeX Companion Second Edition
25279 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25281 key "latexcompanion"
25288 \begin_layout Standard
25289 The LyX-Team members are listed in the Credits:
25290 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25299 \begin_layout Subsection
25300 Bibliography databases (BibTeX)
25304 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25305 Bibliography ! Databases
25314 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25315 Bibliography ! BibTeX
25321 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25323 name "sub:Bibliography-databases"
25330 \begin_layout Standard
25331 Bibliography databases are useful if you use the same bibliography in different
25336 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25337 They are also useful simply for keeping a database of articles and notes
25339 Most of the database programs mentioned below allow you to store annotations
25340 and reviews along with bibliographical information.
25345 It also makes it very easy to have a uniform layout for all bibliography
25347 You can collect the bibliography of all relevant books and articles of
25348 your working field in a database.
25349 This database can be used for different documents, and only the entries
25350 cited in a particular document will appear in the bibliography list for
25352 This relieves you of the need to keep track of which articles and books
25356 \begin_layout Standard
25357 The database is a text file with the file extension
25358 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25366 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25369 , containing the bibliography in a special format.
25370 The format is explained in LaTeX books (
25371 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25373 key "Mittelbach,Kopka,Lamport"
25378 The file can be created using any text editor, but normally one uses a
25379 special program to create and edit the entries in the database.
25380 A list of such programs is maintained on the LyX Wiki at
25381 \begin_inset Flex URL
25384 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25386 http://wiki.lyx.org/BibTeX/Programs
25394 \begin_layout Standard
25395 To use a database, use the menu
25397 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25402 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25407 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25415 \begin_inset space ~
25421 A grey box will be inserted and a window appears.
25422 In this window you can load one or more databases and a style file.
25425 Add bibliography to TOC
25427 adds a table of contents entry for the bibliography.
25432 drop box you can select what part of the database should be output.
25435 \begin_layout Standard
25436 The style file is a text file with the file extension
25437 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25445 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25448 that controls how the bibliography entries will appear.
25449 Your LaTeX distribution should provide several of these, and many publishers
25450 provide their own style files, so that you don't have to take care of the
25452 It is of course possible to write your own style file, but this is something
25457 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25458 For informations how this is done, have a look at
25459 \begin_inset Newline newline
25463 \begin_inset CommandInset href
25465 target "http://www.ctan.org/get/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxhak.pdf"
25477 \begin_layout Standard
25478 Inserting a citation reference works as described in the previous section.
25481 \begin_layout Standard
25482 To generate the bibliography from a database, LyX uses the program BibTeX.
25483 This program can be controlled with options that you can add in LyX's preferenc
25486 Outputs\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25491 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25506 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25514 \begin_inset space ~
25520 Before adding options, it is strongly recommended to read the manual of
25526 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25535 \begin_layout Standard
25536 When you select the option
25538 Sectioned bibliography
25542 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25545 dialog, it is possible to have multiple and sectioned bibliographies.
25546 This and more specials are explained in detail in section
25548 Customizing Bibliographies
25561 \begin_layout Standard
25562 We use two bibliographies in this document to show the difference between
25563 the two methods of creating them.
25564 As you can see, the bibliography that is created from a database lists
25565 only the database entries that are referenced in the document.
25566 We used the style file
25570 to get the complicated German reference key scheme in the bibliography.
25573 \begin_layout Subsection
25574 Bibliography layout
25578 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25579 Bibliography ! Layout
25587 \begin_layout Standard
25588 In the citation reference dialog you can set a special citation format.
25589 For this feature you need to enable the option
25595 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25602 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25603 Document ! Settings
25613 Setting a citation style for a reference will overwrite the default.
25614 For the global citation format use the BibTeX style files as explained
25615 in the previous section.
25618 \begin_layout Standard
25619 You can also set text, that should appear before or after a citation reference,
25620 in the citation reference window.
25621 Here an example where we set the text
25622 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25626 \begin_inset space ~
25630 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25633 to appear after the reference:
25636 \begin_layout Standard
25638 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25641 key "latexcompanion"
25648 \begin_layout Section
25653 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25660 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25669 \begin_layout Standard
25670 An index entry is created if you use the menu
25672 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25674 \begin_inset space ~
25679 or the toolbar button
25680 \begin_inset Graphics
25681 filename ../images/index-insert.png
25682 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
25688 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25696 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25699 is inserted containing the text that appears in the index.
25700 The word where the cursor is in or the currently highlighted text is proposed
25701 by LyX as index entry.
25704 \begin_layout Standard
25705 We give a short overview of the index commands in the next subsections.
25706 For a detailed description of LaTeX's index mechanism, have a look at one
25708 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25710 key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
25717 \begin_layout Standard
25718 You can change index entries by clicking on the index box.
25721 \begin_layout Standard
25722 The index list is inserted to the document with the menu
25724 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25726 \begin_inset space ~
25730 \begin_inset space ~
25733 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25735 \begin_inset space ~
25741 A light blue box labeled
25742 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25750 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25753 will show the place where the index is printed in the output.
25754 The index list box is not clickable like other LyX-boxes.
25757 \begin_layout Subsection
25758 Grouping Index Entries
25762 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25771 \begin_layout Standard
25772 Index entries are often grouped to offer the reader a fast search in the
25774 We want to group for example the index entries for itemized and enumerated
25775 lists under the entry
25776 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25780 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25784 First we create the entry
25785 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25789 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25793 \begin_inset space ~
25797 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25799 reference "sub:Lists"
25804 In the text field for the itemized list index entry in section
25805 \begin_inset space ~
25809 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25811 reference "sec:Itemize"
25815 , we insert the command
25818 \begin_layout Standard
25824 \begin_layout Standard
25828 \begin_layout Standard
25834 \begin_layout Standard
25835 for the enumerated list in section
25836 \begin_inset space ~
25840 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25842 reference "sec:Enumerate"
25849 \begin_layout Standard
25850 The exclamation mark
25851 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25855 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25858 marks the grouping levels.
25859 You can have three levels; every index level is indented a bit more.
25860 An index entry for the higher levels is not required.
25861 If we don't have an index entry for
25862 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25866 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25869 , it will be printed anyway, but without a page number.
25872 \begin_layout Subsection
25877 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25878 Index ! Page ranges
25886 \begin_layout Standard
25887 Normally an index entry will appear with the page number of the indexed
25889 But sometimes you want to index more pages under the same entry.
25890 E.g if we want to index the paragraph environments, we create an index entry
25892 \begin_inset space ~
25896 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25898 reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
25905 \begin_layout Standard
25908 Paragraph environments|(
25911 \begin_layout Standard
25912 and another entry at the end of section
25913 \begin_inset space ~
25917 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25919 reference "sub:LyX-Code"
25926 \begin_layout Standard
25929 Paragraph environments|)
25932 \begin_layout Standard
25934 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25942 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25946 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25954 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25957 respectively starts and ends the index range.
25958 You can also add the same index entry at different places in the document.
25959 They appear in the output under one entry with a comma separated list of
25960 the pages of the indexed document parts.
25961 An example is the index entry
25962 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25965 Document ! Settings
25966 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25972 \begin_layout Subsection
25977 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25978 Index ! Cross referencing
25986 \begin_layout Standard
25987 It is also possible to refer to another index entry.
25988 We referred for example in the index entry
25989 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25993 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25997 \begin_inset space ~
26001 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26003 reference "sub:Image-Formats"
26007 ) to the index entry
26008 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26012 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26015 in the same section using the entry
26018 \begin_layout Standard
26021 GIF|see{Image formats}
26024 \begin_layout Standard
26025 Where the braces have to be inserted as TeX Code.
26026 The text within the braces is the referenced entry.
26027 The reference will appear in the output without a page number.
26030 \begin_layout Subsection
26035 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26036 Index ! Entry order
26044 \begin_layout Standard
26045 You can use accented characters in the index entry, but the entries might
26046 then not follow the rules for the index order.
26047 The index entries are sorted alphabetically, but LaTeX
26051 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26052 The index generating is done in the background by an extra program, see
26054 \begin_inset space ~
26058 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26060 reference "sub:Index-Program"
26069 doesn't know how to sort accents in different languages.
26070 We created as example the three dummy index entries
26071 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26075 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26079 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26083 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26087 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26091 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26098 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26099 Dummy entries ! maïs
26108 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26109 Dummy entries ! maître
26118 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26119 Dummy entries ! maïs@maison
26124 They will be sorted in the order maïs, maître, maison, but we want the
26125 order maïs, maison, maître.
26126 To achieve this, we use the command
26129 \begin_layout Standard
26132 previous entry@current entry
26135 \begin_layout Standard
26136 In our case we want to have
26137 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26141 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26145 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26149 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26152 and write therefore for the index entry of maison:
26155 \begin_layout Standard
26161 \begin_layout Standard
26162 The previous entry needn't to be a real existing entry, you can also use
26163 another word to tell LaTeX the entry order, see the next subsection for
26167 \begin_layout Subsection
26172 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26173 Index ! Entry layout
26181 \begin_layout Standard
26182 You can change the appearance of index entries via the text style dialog.
26186 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26189 This is an italic dummy entry
26194 You can also format the page number using the character
26195 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26199 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26202 followed by a LaTeX-command without a backslash.
26203 We can write for example
26206 \begin_layout Standard
26209 italic page number:|textit
26212 \begin_layout Standard
26213 to get the page number in italic.
26217 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26218 Dummy entries ! italic page number:|textit
26223 Normally all LaTeX-commands begin with a backslash, but in this special
26225 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26233 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26241 \begin_inset space ~
26247 Have a look at section
26248 \begin_inset space ~
26252 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26254 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
26258 to learn more about the LaTeX-syntax.
26261 \begin_layout Standard
26262 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
26265 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26270 Formatting single index entries only works when you use the program
26274 to generate the index, see section
26275 \begin_inset space ~
26279 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26281 reference "sub:Index-Program"
26290 , however, this won't work for anything else than bold or italic text.
26291 This is because xindy requires to define semantic elements before they
26293 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26296 key "latexcompanion"
26308 \begin_layout Standard
26309 In general, we encourage you to not format page numbers directly as shown
26311 Instead of this, you should define a macro in the preamble and use that.
26312 Consider why you want some page numbers to be bold.
26313 Maybe you want all page references italic that refer to a definition of
26314 the indexed term, so that users can easily find definitions.
26315 If so, put the following in preamble
26318 \begin_layout Standard
26330 \begin_layout Standard
26334 \begin_layout Standard
26340 \begin_layout Standard
26341 into the index entry.
26345 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26346 Dummy entries ! my entry|IndexDef
26351 The advantage is that, if you change your mind later or if your publisher
26352 request that definitions must not be italic but bold, you just need to
26353 change the macro in the preamble, not every single index entry.
26356 \begin_layout Standard
26357 You can also change the layout for the whole index.
26359 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
26363 \begin_inset space \space{}
26366 we marked the index list box of this document as bold to get a bold font
26367 for all index entries.
26368 For more advanced task you have to set up a so-called
26380 documentation for details,
26381 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26383 key "makeindex,xindy"
26390 \begin_layout Subsection
26395 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26402 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26404 name "sub:Index-Program"
26411 \begin_layout Standard
26412 When the index entry program
26416 is installed, that is only available for Linux, LyX uses it for the index
26417 generation, otherwise the program
26421 is used, that is part of every LaTeX distribution.
26422 Both programs can be controlled by options that can be set in LyX's preferences
26423 dialog, see section
26424 \begin_inset space ~
26428 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26430 reference "sub:LaTeX-settings"
26435 The available options are listed and explained in
26436 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26438 key "makeindex,xindy"
26443 You can also specify there another program to generate the index.
26446 \begin_layout Standard
26451 is very old, not further developed and has many pitfalls.
26452 Most notably, it has been defined with nothing more than the English language
26454 So it fails at sorting correctly for anything else than an monolingual
26456 We have shown above how to fix this sorting.
26457 However, if you are writing in another language and using Linux, consider
26465 \begin_layout Section
26466 Nomenclature / Glossary
26470 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26480 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26485 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26496 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26509 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26511 name "sec:Nomenclature"
26518 \begin_layout Standard
26519 Sometimes you need to compile a list of symbols that are mentioned in your
26520 document with a brief explanation of them -- a so called nomenclature or
26524 \begin_layout Standard
26525 To be able to create nomenclatures, you need the LaTeX package
26533 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26534 LaTeX-packages ! nomencl
26540 You find it in the TeX Catalogue,
26541 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26547 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
26550 \begin_layout Standard
26551 A nomenclature entry is created if you place the cursor after a symbol entry
26552 and then use the menu
26554 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26560 \begin_inset space ~
26565 or the toolbar button
26566 \begin_inset Graphics
26567 filename ../images/nomencl-insert.png
26568 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
26574 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26582 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26585 is inserted and a window pops up asking for the nomenclature entry.
26588 \begin_layout Standard
26589 A nomenclature entry consists of two main entries.
26590 The first is the symbol that you want to refer to.
26591 The second is the description of the symbol.
26594 \begin_layout Standard
26595 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
26598 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26603 You have to enter valid LaTeX-code for all fields of the nomenclature dialog.
26611 \begin_layout Subsection
26612 Nomenclature Definition and Layout
26616 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26617 Nomenclature ! Layout
26625 \begin_layout Standard
26626 When you have symbols in formulas, you have to define them in the
26630 field as LaTeX-formula.
26632 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26636 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
26640 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26644 \begin_inset Newline newline
26652 \begin_inset Newline newline
26658 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26662 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26665 character hereby starts/ends the formula.
26666 The LaTeX-command for the Greek letter is the name of the letter beginning
26668 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26674 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26678 For capital Greek letters, start the command also with a capital letter,
26688 \begin_layout Standard
26689 (A short introduction to the LaTeX-syntax is given in section
26690 \begin_inset space ~
26694 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26696 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
26703 \begin_layout Standard
26707 \begin_inset space ~
26712 dialog to format the description text but have to use LaTeX-commands.
26713 For example the description of the nomenclature entry for the
26714 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26718 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
26722 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26725 in this document is:
26726 \begin_inset Newline newline
26731 dummy entry for the character
26736 \begin_inset Newline newline
26748 \begin_inset space ~
26758 font use the command
26787 \begin_layout Subsection
26788 Sort Order of Nomenclature Entries
26792 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26793 Nomenclature ! Sort order
26801 \begin_layout Standard
26802 The nomenclature entries are sorted alphabetically by the LaTeX-code of
26803 the symbol definition.
26804 This leads to undesired results when you for example have symbols in formulas.
26805 Suppose you have nomenclature entries for the symbols
26808 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
26809 LatexCommand nomenclature
26811 description "dummy entry for the character \"a\""
26818 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
26822 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
26823 LatexCommand nomenclature
26826 description "dummy entry for the character \\textsf{sigma}"
26831 They will be sorted by
26832 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26840 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26844 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26854 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26858 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
26861 will be sorted before the
26865 since the character
26866 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26870 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26873 is considered in sorting.
26876 \begin_layout Standard
26877 To control the sort order, you can edit the
26880 \begin_inset space ~
26885 field of the nomenclature dialog.
26886 Then the nomenclature entry will be sorted by this entry and not the symbol
26888 For the given example, you can insert
26892 to this field for the
26893 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
26900 will be located before
26901 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
26907 \begin_layout Standard
26908 For subgrouping and tips for using sort entries see the
26913 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26922 \begin_layout Subsection
26923 Nomenclature Options
26927 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26928 Nomenclature ! Options
26936 \begin_layout Standard
26941 package offers some options to adjust the appearance of the nomenclature.
26942 Here are some of its options, for more have a look at its documentation:
26945 \begin_layout Description
26946 refeq Appends the phrase
26947 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26959 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26962 to every nomenclature entry, where
26968 is the number of the last equation in front of the nomenclature entry
26971 \begin_layout Description
26972 refpage Appends the phrase
26973 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26985 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26988 to every nomenclature entry, where
26994 is the number of the page on which the nomenclature entry appeared
26997 \begin_layout Description
26998 intoc Inserts the nomenclature in the Table of Contents
27001 \begin_layout Standard
27002 There are furthermore the options
27046 to print the reference texts and the nomenclature title in the corresponding
27050 \begin_layout Standard
27051 To use one or more of the options, add them to the comma-separated document
27052 class options list in the
27054 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27058 In this document the options
27069 \begin_layout Standard
27070 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
27076 \begin_layout Standard
27077 You can also use the first two options above only for certain nomenclature
27078 entries when you add one of the following commands as last entry to the
27083 field in the nomenclature dialog:
27086 \begin_layout Description
27096 \begin_layout Description
27099 nomrefpage Like the
27106 \begin_layout Description
27109 nomrefeqpage Short notation of
27118 \begin_layout Description
27122 \begin_inset space ~
27128 \begin_inset space ~
27133 nomnorefeqpage Turns off the corresponding options
27136 \begin_layout Subsection
27137 Printing the Nomenclature
27141 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27142 Nomenclature ! Printing
27150 \begin_layout Standard
27151 To print the nomenclature, use the menu
27153 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27155 \begin_inset space ~
27159 \begin_inset space ~
27162 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27166 A light blue box labeled
27167 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27175 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27178 will show the place where the nomenclature is printed in the output.
27179 Like the index list box, the nomenclature list box is not clickable.
27182 \begin_layout Standard
27183 In the printed output the title of the nomenclature appears as
27184 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27188 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27192 If you are not happy with the name, you can change it by redefining the
27200 For example, in order to change the name to
27204 , add the following line to the preamble:
27207 \begin_layout Standard
27215 nomname}{List of Symbols}
27218 \begin_layout Standard
27219 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
27225 \begin_layout Standard
27226 If you are unhappy with the amount of space for symbols, you can alter it
27227 by adding the following line to the preamble:
27230 \begin_layout Standard
27238 nomlabelwidth}{width}
27241 \begin_layout Standard
27244 Where the width is a value with one of the units listed in Appendix
27245 \begin_inset space ~
27249 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27251 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
27256 The default value is 1
27257 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27263 \begin_layout Section
27268 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27278 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27279 Document ! Branches
27285 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27287 name "sec:Branches"
27294 \begin_layout Standard
27295 Sometimes it is useful to hide some document parts in the output.
27296 For example a teacher who is setting an exam obviously doesn't want the
27297 pupils to see the answers, but having questions and answers in the same
27298 document will make the life of the markers of that exam much easier.
27301 \begin_layout Standard
27302 For these cases LyX offers to put text into branches.
27303 The text will then only appear in the output when its branch is activated.
27304 To create a branch, go in the
27306 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27314 The name of the branch, its activation state and the background color of
27315 the branches inside LyX can be specified in this dialog.
27318 \begin_layout Standard
27319 Text that should be in a branch is set into branch inset boxes.
27320 These boxes are inserted via the menu
27322 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27325 where you can choose a branch.
27326 You can later change the branch of the boxes by right-clicking on them.
27329 \begin_layout Standard
27330 Here is an example, where only the question text appears, the answer branch
27331 is deactivated and does therefore not appear in the output:
27334 \begin_layout Standard
27335 \begin_inset Branch Question
27338 \begin_layout Standard
27339 Question: Who was the first physics Nobel prize winner?
27347 \begin_layout Standard
27348 \begin_inset Branch Answer
27351 \begin_layout Standard
27352 Answer: Wilhelm Conrad Röntgen
27360 \begin_layout Standard
27361 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
27367 \begin_layout Standard
27368 To use conditional output inside places where you cannot insert branch insets,
27369 like inside equations, you can code special LaTeX definitions for each
27371 For example you can define for the question branch
27375 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27376 For an introduction to the LaTeX-syntax, see section
27377 \begin_inset space ~
27381 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27383 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
27395 \begin_layout Standard
27405 \begin_layout Standard
27415 \begin_layout Standard
27416 and for the answer branch
27419 \begin_layout Standard
27429 \begin_layout Standard
27439 \begin_layout Standard
27440 \begin_inset Branch Question
27443 \begin_layout Standard
27447 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27456 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27475 \begin_layout Standard
27476 \begin_inset Branch Answer
27479 \begin_layout Standard
27483 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27492 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27511 \begin_layout Standard
27512 Now it is possible to use the commands
27516 question{\SpecialChar \ldots{}
27523 answer{\SpecialChar \ldots{}
27526 to obtain conditional output.
27527 Here is an example formula where only the
27534 \begin_inset Formula \[
27535 x^{2}-2x-2\Rightarrow\question{x_{1}}\answer{x_{2}}=1\question{+\sqrt{3}}\answer{-\sqrt{3}}.\]
27542 \begin_layout Standard
27543 Inside math, the same effect can be achieved using math macros, see section
27544 \begin_inset space ~
27548 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27550 reference "sec:math-macros"
27557 \begin_layout Section
27559 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27561 name "sec:PDF-Properties"
27569 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27578 \begin_layout Standard
27583 dialog provides under
27587 to set up special options for the PDF output of your document.
27588 All options there are provided by the LaTeX-package
27596 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27597 LaTeX-packages ! hyperref
27605 \begin_layout Standard
27610 will link all cross-references in the DVI- and PDF-output.
27611 This means that the reader of your document will be able to click on a
27612 table of contents entry or on a reference and he is shown the referenced
27614 You can specify in the dialog tab
27618 how the links will look like and if links for bibliographical backreferences
27620 The backreferences will appear in the bibliography behind the different
27621 entries, showing the number of the section, slide, or page where the entry
27625 \begin_layout Standard
27630 you can set if PDF-bookmarks should be created for every section of your
27631 document to make it easier for readers to navigate through the document.
27632 You can decide if the bookmarks should be numbered like your document sections
27634 With the open bookmarks level you can specify what sectioning level should
27635 be displayed in the bookmarks when opening the PDF.
27637 \begin_inset space ~
27640 2 will display all sections and subsections, while level
27641 \begin_inset space ~
27644 1 will only display the sections.
27647 \begin_layout Standard
27648 The header informations in the dialog tab
27652 are saved together with the PDF as file properties.
27653 Many programs are able to extract these informations to e.
27654 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27658 \begin_inset space \space{}
27661 automatically recognize who is the author and what is the PDF about.
27662 This is very useful to sort, classify, or use PDFs for bibliography issues.
27665 Automatic fill header
27667 is set, LyX tries to extract the header informations from your document
27668 title and author settings.
27671 \begin_layout Standard
27674 Load in fullscreen mode
27676 will open the PDF in fullscreen mode, which is useful for presentations.
27679 \begin_layout Standard
27680 PDF properties are also used in this document.
27681 When you look in its document settings, you can see that some additional
27687 For an explanation of them we refer to the hyperref manual
27688 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27697 \begin_layout Section
27698 TeX Code and the LaTeX Syntax
27699 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27701 name "sec:TeX-Code"
27708 \begin_layout Subsection
27713 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27720 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27722 name "sub:TeX-Code-Boxes"
27729 \begin_layout Standard
27730 As LyX uses LaTeX in the background, it supports many LaTeX commands and
27731 constructs, but not all.
27732 LaTeX contains of hundreds of packages which provide different commands.
27733 Every time packages are updated and new ones added.
27734 This has the advantage that you can typeset nearly everything as there
27735 is for every problem a LaTeX-package.
27736 But LyX can of course not be up to date and support all packages and their
27740 \begin_layout Standard
27741 But don't worry, you can use any LaTeX-command directly in LyX inside the
27743 An TeX Code box is created by the menu
27745 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27747 \begin_inset space ~
27752 or by the toolbar button
27753 \begin_inset Graphics
27754 filename ../images/ert-insert.png
27759 The box can be opened by left-clicking and closed by right-clicking on
27763 \begin_layout Standard
27764 You can insert complete or incomplete commands as TeX Code.
27765 Incomplete means that the command argument can be Standard LyX text.
27766 For example you want to draw a frame around a word and uses therefore the
27773 , you can write the command part
27779 in a TeX Code box before the word and the closing brace
27783 in a second TeX Code box behind the word.
27784 The word between the two TeX Code boxes is then the argument as it is in
27785 the following example:
27788 \begin_layout Standard
27789 \begin_inset Graphics
27790 filename clipart/ERT.png
27798 \begin_layout Standard
27802 \begin_layout Standard
27803 This is a line with a
27807 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27820 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27830 \begin_layout Standard
27831 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
27834 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27839 At the end of LaTeX-commands without parameters, you have to insert a space
27840 to let LaTeX know that the command is finished.
27848 \begin_layout Subsection
27849 Short Introduction to the LaTeX Syntax
27850 \begin_inset OptArg
27853 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27863 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27870 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27872 name "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
27879 \begin_layout Standard
27880 When you write larger documents or books, you will need to know something
27881 about the LaTeX-commands that LyX uses in the background.
27882 Because LaTeX is based on commands, you can
27883 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27887 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27891 This has the advantage that the layout of the document can be changed at
27892 every time if you know the right commands.
27894 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27898 \begin_inset space \space{}
27901 imagine you have to write a manual for a product and the deadline is at
27902 the end of the day.
27903 Your boss just has complimented you for your good work but wants to have
27904 all caption labels bold.
27905 But you have over hundred figure and table captions with non-bold labels
27907 Of course it's impossible to change all caption labels by hand in one day.
27910 \begin_layout Standard
27911 Now LaTeX comes into play.
27912 As written above, for every problem exists a LaTeX-package.
27913 First you have to find out which and therefore look in the LaTeX package
27915 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27924 \begin_layout Standard
27925 As result you know that the package
27933 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27934 LaTeX-packages ! caption
27940 To use a package, you have to load it in the document preamble (menu
27942 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27948 \begin_layout Standard
27953 usepackage[options]{package name}
27956 \begin_layout Standard
27957 All LaTeX commands begin with a backslash, the command argument is set within
27958 two braces, and the options are set within two brackets.
27959 Note that not all commands have an argument and options.
27962 \begin_layout Standard
27963 In your case the package name is
27968 After a look in the documentation of the package, you know that the option
27973 will change the font of all caption labels to bold.
27974 So you add the command
27977 \begin_layout Standard
27982 usepackage[labelfont=bf]{caption}
27985 \begin_layout Standard
27986 to the preamble and the problem is solved.
27990 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27991 For more commands provided by the
27995 package, have a look at its documentation,
27996 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28010 \begin_layout Standard
28011 Note that some document classes have built-in solutions for well known problems
28013 For example if you use a
28017 class, you don't need the package
28021 , you can instead write
28024 \begin_layout Standard
28029 setkomafont{captionlabel}{
28034 \begin_layout Standard
28035 in the preamble and the problem is solved.
28036 So if you plan to write a large document, you should have a look at the
28037 documentation of the document class you want to use.
28044 is an example for a command with more than one argument.)
28047 \begin_layout Standard
28048 Commands in the preamble affects the whole document, while commands in the
28049 text affects only the text after the command or only the text used as command
28051 To insert a LaTeX-command in text, use the TeX Code box as described in
28052 the previous section.
28055 \begin_layout Standard
28056 If you want to learn more about LaTeX and its syntax, have a look at the
28058 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28060 key "latexcompanion,latexguide"
28068 \begin_layout Section
28069 Previewing Snippets of your Document
28070 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28072 name "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
28080 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28090 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28099 \begin_layout Standard
28100 LyX allows you to generate previews of sections of your document on the
28101 fly so you can see how they'll look in the final document without having
28102 to break your train of thought with
28104 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28110 \begin_layout Standard
28111 If you would for example like to see in LyX your math formulas typeset by
28112 LaTeX, install the LaTeX-package
28120 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28121 LaTeX-packages ! preview-latex
28126 as explained below, and turn on
28129 \begin_inset space ~
28136 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28142 \begin_inset space ~
28146 \begin_inset space ~
28149 feel\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28155 \begin_layout Standard
28156 Previews are generated when you load a document into LyX and when you finish
28158 Previews of an already loaded document are
28162 generated just by selecting the
28165 \begin_inset space ~
28170 check box, you have to reopen the documents to activate the previews.
28173 \begin_layout Standard
28174 LyX will generate previews of math insets.
28175 It will also generate previews of included insets if you select the
28178 \begin_inset space ~
28183 check box in the insert dialog.
28184 This is useful if you wish to generate a preview of a LaTeX figure, for
28188 \begin_layout Standard
28189 To get previews working, you need the LaTeX package
28193 (on some systems named simply
28198 In case it is not already installed, you find it in the TeX Catalogue,
28200 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28206 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
28207 You obtain prettier results if you install the program
28215 package; for LyX on Windows this program is automatically installed together
28219 \begin_layout Standard
28220 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
28226 \begin_layout Standard
28227 You can furthermore preview the LaTeX source of the whole document or parts
28231 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28233 \begin_inset space ~
28238 and a window will be shown where you can see the LaTeX-source code.
28239 The window shows the source of the whole paragraph where the cursor is
28241 You can also select document parts in LyX's main window, then only this
28242 selection (when it is more than one paragraph) is shown as source code.
28243 To view the whole document as source, enable the corresponding option in
28244 the source view window.
28247 \begin_layout Section
28249 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28251 name "sec:Spellchecking"
28259 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28268 \begin_layout Standard
28269 LyX itself has no built-in spell checker.
28270 Rather it uses one of the external programs
28287 This section assumes you have already installed and set up one of these
28293 can be seen as successor of
28297 , so that it is recommended to use aspell.
28302 is a Hebrew spell-checker.
28303 The used spell checker ind its settings are specified in LyX's preferences
28311 \begin_layout Standard
28312 For LyX on Windows, the selection box for the spell checking program is
28313 greyed out in the preferences dialog because only
28320 \begin_layout Standard
28323 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28326 starts the spell checking beginning from the current cursor position.
28327 A dialog window will appear showing any incorrect (or unknown) word found,
28328 allowing you to edit and replace it in a second line.
28329 Whenever an unknown word is found, the word is highlighted and the text
28330 scrolled so that it is visible.
28335 dialog, there is also a box showing suggestions for a correction, if any
28337 Clicking on one of the corrections will copy to the
28341 field, double-click invokes directly the replacement.
28342 Unknown but correctly typed words can be added to the personal dictionary.
28345 \begin_layout Standard
28346 By default, the used dictionary file is determined by the document language
28349 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28353 If you do not have a dictionary for the document language, spell checking
28354 will bring an error message.
28355 In this case, you can specify another dictionary file in the dialog by
28356 specifying a different
28358 Alternative language
28360 in preferences dialog.
28363 \begin_layout Standard
28364 After a spell check you'll informed about the number of checked words.
28367 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
28371 \begin_layout Standard
28372 It is not possible to change the spelling of a particular word globally,
28373 rather than having to change the spelling separately for each occurrence
28375 But you can use the
28378 \begin_inset space ~
28382 \begin_inset space ~
28390 \begin_layout Standard
28391 LyX cannot correctly spell check documents containing multiple languages.
28392 This does work with
28396 , assuming you have marked the different languages appropriately.
28399 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
28403 \begin_layout Standard
28408 section in the preferences dialog has some additional options:
28411 \begin_layout Description
28413 \begin_inset space ~
28416 characters Allows you to add non-standard characters that the spell checker
28417 should consider, e.
28418 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
28422 \begin_inset space \space{}
28425 German umlauts although you spell check English document.
28426 This should not normally be needed.
28429 \begin_layout Description
28431 \begin_inset space ~
28434 dictionary to use a different file than the spell checker's default choice
28435 as your personal dictionary
28438 \begin_layout Description
28440 \begin_inset space ~
28444 \begin_inset space ~
28447 words Prevent the spell checker from complaining about compounded words
28449 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28453 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28459 \begin_layout Description
28461 \begin_inset space ~
28465 \begin_inset space ~
28468 encoding Uses the document encoding that is set in the
28470 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28477 also for the spellchecker.
28481 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28482 The encodings are explained in section
28483 \begin_inset space ~
28487 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
28489 reference "cha:The-Document-Settings"
28498 Only enable this if you use
28502 and can't spell check words with international letters in them.
28503 There have been reports that this does not work with all dictionaries,
28504 so this is disabled by default.
28507 \begin_layout Section
28512 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28519 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28521 name "sec:Thesaurus"
28528 \begin_layout Standard
28529 Thesaurus currently only works when you use the document language English.
28532 \begin_layout Standard
28533 To start the thesaurus, highlight one word or set the cursor behind it,
28536 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28539 or the toolbar button
28540 \begin_inset Graphics
28541 filename ../images/thesaurus-entry.png
28542 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28543 rotateOrigin center
28548 A dialog pops up showing you probably related words that you can use as
28552 \begin_layout Standard
28553 The shown related words are in many cases not really related to the word
28554 you are currently checking, scrolling in the shown list might help in some
28555 cases to find related words.
28558 \begin_layout Standard
28559 The thesaurus only works for single words, and also only when it is in the
28561 For example starting the thesaurus with the word
28562 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28566 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28569 leads to no results, while results are shown for the word
28570 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28574 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28578 To avoid this, you can highlight only the part
28579 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28583 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28587 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28591 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28597 \begin_layout Section
28602 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28612 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28613 Document ! Change Tracking
28619 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28621 name "sec:Change-Tracking"
28628 \begin_layout Standard
28629 When you work on a document together with many people it is extremely useful
28630 to see changes others made highlighted in the document.
28631 You can then decide if you accept a change or not.
28632 This can be achieved by turning on change tracking in the menu
28634 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28636 \begin_inset space ~
28639 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28641 \begin_inset space ~
28649 \begin_layout Standard
28650 Changes made in the document will then be highlighted by colors:
28659 You can change the color in LyX's preferences dialog under
28662 \begin_inset space ~
28666 \begin_inset space ~
28679 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28688 \begin_layout Standard
28689 When change tracking is activated, you will see the review toolbar in LyX:
28693 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28702 \begin_layout Standard
28703 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
28709 \begin_layout Standard
28710 \begin_inset Graphics
28711 filename clipart/ChangesToolbar.png
28718 \begin_layout Standard
28719 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
28725 \begin_layout Standard
28726 The review toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
28730 \begin_layout Standard
28731 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
28737 \begin_layout Standard
28738 \begin_inset Tabular
28739 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="10" columns="2">
28740 <features islongtable="true">
28741 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
28742 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
28743 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28744 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28747 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28748 \begin_inset Graphics
28749 filename ../images/changes-track.png
28750 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28751 rotateOrigin center
28760 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28763 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28766 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28768 \begin_inset space ~
28771 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28773 \begin_inset space ~
28782 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28783 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28786 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28787 \begin_inset Graphics
28788 filename ../images/changes-output.png
28789 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28790 rotateOrigin center
28799 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28802 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28805 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28807 \begin_inset space ~
28810 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28812 \begin_inset space ~
28816 \begin_inset space ~
28820 \begin_inset space ~
28829 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28830 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28833 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28834 \begin_inset Graphics
28835 filename ../images/change-next.png
28836 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28837 rotateOrigin center
28846 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28849 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28850 Jumps to the next change
28856 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28857 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28860 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28861 \begin_inset Graphics
28862 filename ../images/change-accept.png
28863 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28864 rotateOrigin center
28873 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28876 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28879 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28881 \begin_inset space ~
28884 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28886 \begin_inset space ~
28895 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28896 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28899 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28900 \begin_inset Graphics
28901 filename ../images/change-reject.png
28902 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28903 rotateOrigin center
28912 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28915 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28918 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28920 \begin_inset space ~
28923 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28925 \begin_inset space ~
28934 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28935 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28938 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28939 \begin_inset Graphics
28940 filename ../images/changes-merge.png
28941 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28942 rotateOrigin center
28951 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28954 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28957 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28959 \begin_inset space ~
28962 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28964 \begin_inset space ~
28973 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28974 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28977 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28978 \begin_inset Graphics
28979 filename ../images/all-changes-accept.png
28980 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28981 rotateOrigin center
28990 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28993 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28996 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28998 \begin_inset space ~
29001 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29003 \begin_inset space ~
29007 \begin_inset space ~
29016 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29017 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29020 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29021 \begin_inset Graphics
29022 filename ../images/all-changes-reject.png
29023 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29024 rotateOrigin center
29033 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29036 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29039 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29041 \begin_inset space ~
29044 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29046 \begin_inset space ~
29050 \begin_inset space ~
29059 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29060 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29063 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29064 \begin_inset Graphics
29065 filename ../images/note-insert.png
29066 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29067 rotateOrigin center
29076 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29079 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29082 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29083 Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29085 \begin_inset space ~
29094 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29095 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29098 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29099 \begin_inset Graphics
29100 filename ../images/note-next.png
29101 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29102 rotateOrigin center
29111 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29114 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29117 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29119 \begin_inset space ~
29135 \begin_layout Standard
29136 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
29142 \begin_layout Standard
29143 The review toolbar helps you to accept, reject, or merge changes -- highlight
29144 the change and press one of the desired toolbar buttons.
29145 When you merge changes, a window pops up showing you informations about
29146 the next change behind the current cursor position.
29147 So you don't need to highlight a certain change.
29148 Within the merge window you can decide to accept or reject changes and
29149 step to the next change.
29150 This way you can jump through all changes of the document.
29153 \begin_layout Standard
29154 The toolbar has two buttons to handle notes because notes are often important
29155 to describe a change.
29158 \begin_layout Standard
29159 To show made changes in the output you need the LaTeX package
29167 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29168 LaTeX-packages ! dvipost
29174 You find it in the TeX Catalogue,
29175 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29181 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
29184 \begin_layout Section
29185 International Support
29189 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29190 International support
29198 \begin_layout Standard
29199 This section describes how to use LyX with any language you want.
29200 For some non-western languages there are special Wiki-pages that explain
29201 how to set up LyX to use them:
29202 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29204 key "Arabic,Armenian,Farsi,Hebrew"
29211 \begin_layout Standard
29212 Besides languages, LyX also supports phonetic symbols, see section
29213 \begin_inset space ~
29217 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
29219 reference "sub:Special-Character"
29226 \begin_layout Subsection
29231 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29241 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29242 Document ! Settings
29251 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29252 Document ! Language
29260 \begin_layout Standard
29263 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29266 dialog lets you set
29268 the language and character encoding for your language.
29272 \begin_layout Standard
29273 Choose your language in the
29277 section of this dialog.
29285 \begin_layout Standard
29290 box lets you choose the character encoding map you want to use for LaTeX
29294 use language's default encoding
29296 is the preferred choice and works well in most cases.
29297 For details about the different encoding options see section
29298 \begin_inset space ~
29302 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
29304 reference "cha:The-Document-Settings"
29311 \begin_layout Subsection
29312 Keyboard mapping configuration
29313 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29315 name "sub:Keyboard-mapping"
29322 \begin_layout Standard
29323 If you have for example a U.S.-style keyboard and want to write in a different
29324 language than English, you can use an alternate keymap.
29325 For example, if you have a U.S.-style keyboard but want to write in Italian,
29326 you can configure LyX to use an Italian keymap.
29327 The preferences dialog allows you to choose up to two keyboard mappings,
29329 \begin_inset space ~
29333 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
29335 reference "sub:Keyboard-Map"
29340 You can choose primary and secondary keyboard languages and then select
29341 which one you want to use.
29344 \begin_layout Standard
29345 Finally, you may just want to change a few key mappings or create an entirely
29346 different keymap (for Vulcan, for instance).
29347 You may, for example, normally write in Italian on a U.S.
29348 keyboard but want to include an occasional quotation in German.
29349 In such a case, you can write your own keyboard mapping or modify an existing
29350 one to support the characters you want.
29351 This and much more customizations are explained in the
29358 \begin_layout Subsection
29362 \begin_layout Standard
29364 \begin_inset space ~
29368 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
29370 reference "cap:The-latin1-character"
29379 You should be able to enter the characters in the first eight columns directly
29383 \begin_layout Standard
29384 There are a few things you need to know about this table.
29385 Here are some of the details you'll need to bear in mind when using characters
29393 \begin_layout Itemize
29394 Even if you have selected
29400 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29403 dialog, users who have only the
29407 -fonts for LaTeX [or who have the
29411 -fonts but aren't using them] will still miss a few characters: D0, F0,
29412 DE, FE, AB, and BB -- the uppercase and lowercase eth and thorn, and the
29413 french quotes won't show up.
29416 \begin_layout Standard
29417 \begin_inset Float table
29422 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29423 \begin_inset Caption
29425 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29426 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29428 name "cap:The-latin1-character"
29444 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29446 \begin_inset Tabular
29447 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="17" columns="17">
29449 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29450 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29451 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29452 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29453 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29454 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29455 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29456 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29457 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29458 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29459 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29460 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29461 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29462 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29463 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29464 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29465 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29467 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29470 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29476 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29479 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29494 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29497 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29512 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29515 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29530 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29533 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29548 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29551 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29566 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29569 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29584 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29587 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29602 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29605 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29620 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29623 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29638 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29641 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29656 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29659 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29674 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29677 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29692 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29695 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29710 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29713 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29728 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29731 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29746 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29749 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29766 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29769 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29784 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29787 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29793 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29796 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29802 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29805 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29811 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29814 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29828 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29831 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29845 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29848 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29862 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29865 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29879 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29882 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29896 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29899 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29905 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29908 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29914 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29917 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29923 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29926 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29940 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29943 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29957 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29960 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29974 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29977 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29991 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29994 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30010 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30013 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30028 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30031 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30037 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30040 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30046 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30049 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30063 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30066 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30080 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30083 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30097 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30100 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30114 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30117 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30131 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30134 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30148 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30151 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30157 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30160 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30166 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30169 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30183 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30186 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30200 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30203 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30217 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30220 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30234 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30237 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30251 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30254 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30270 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30273 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30288 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30291 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30297 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30300 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30306 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30309 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30318 \begin_inset Quotes eld
30326 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30329 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30343 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30346 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30360 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30363 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30377 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30380 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30394 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30397 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30411 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30414 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30420 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30423 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30429 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30432 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30438 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30441 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30455 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30458 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30472 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30475 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30489 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30492 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30506 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30509 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30525 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30528 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30543 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30546 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30552 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30555 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30561 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30564 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30578 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30581 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30595 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30598 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30612 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30615 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30629 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30632 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30646 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30649 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30663 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30666 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30672 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30675 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30681 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30684 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30698 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30701 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30715 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30718 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30732 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30735 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30749 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30752 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30766 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30769 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30785 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30788 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30803 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30806 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30812 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30815 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30821 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30824 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30838 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30841 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30855 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30858 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30872 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30875 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30889 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30892 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30906 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30909 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30923 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30926 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30932 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30935 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30941 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30944 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30950 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30953 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30967 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30970 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30984 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30987 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31001 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31004 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31018 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31021 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31037 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31040 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31055 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31058 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31064 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31067 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31073 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31076 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31090 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31093 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31107 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31110 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31124 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31127 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31141 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31144 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31158 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31161 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31175 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31178 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31184 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31187 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31193 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31196 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31202 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31205 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31219 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31222 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31236 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31239 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31253 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31256 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31270 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31273 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31289 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31292 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31307 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31310 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31316 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31319 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31325 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31328 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31342 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31345 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31359 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31362 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31376 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31379 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31393 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31396 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31410 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31413 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31427 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31430 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31436 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31439 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31445 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31448 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31454 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31457 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31471 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31474 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31488 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31491 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31505 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31508 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31522 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31525 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31541 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31544 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31559 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31562 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31568 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31571 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31577 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31580 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31594 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31597 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31611 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31614 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31628 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31631 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31645 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31648 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31662 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31665 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31679 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31682 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31688 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31691 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31697 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31700 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31714 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31717 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31731 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31734 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31748 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31751 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31765 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31768 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31782 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31785 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31801 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31804 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31819 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31822 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31828 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31831 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31837 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31840 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31854 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31857 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31871 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31874 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31888 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31891 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31905 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31908 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31922 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31925 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31939 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31942 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31948 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31951 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31957 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31960 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31974 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31977 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31991 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31994 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32008 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32011 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32025 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32028 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32042 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32045 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32061 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32064 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32079 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32082 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32088 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32091 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32097 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32100 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32114 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32117 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32131 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32134 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32148 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32151 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32165 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32168 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32182 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32185 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32199 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32202 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32208 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32211 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32217 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32220 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32234 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32237 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32251 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32254 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32268 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32271 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32285 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32288 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32302 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32305 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32321 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32324 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32339 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32342 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32348 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32351 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32357 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32360 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32374 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32377 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32391 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32394 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32408 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32411 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32425 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32428 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32442 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32445 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32459 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32462 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32468 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32471 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32477 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32480 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32494 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32497 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32511 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32514 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32528 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32531 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32545 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32548 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32562 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32565 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32581 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32584 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32599 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32602 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32608 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32611 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32617 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32620 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32634 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32637 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32651 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32654 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32668 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32671 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32685 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32688 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32702 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32705 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32719 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32722 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32728 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32731 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32737 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32740 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32754 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32757 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32771 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32774 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32788 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32791 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32805 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32808 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32822 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32825 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32841 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32844 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32859 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32862 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32868 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32871 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32877 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32880 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32894 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32897 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32911 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32914 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32928 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32931 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32947 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32950 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32964 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32967 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32981 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32984 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32990 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32993 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32999 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33002 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33016 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33019 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33033 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33036 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33050 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33053 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33067 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33070 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33084 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33087 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33103 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33106 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33121 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33124 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33130 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33133 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33139 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33142 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33156 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33159 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33173 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33176 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33190 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33193 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33207 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33210 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33224 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33227 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33241 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33244 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33250 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33253 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33259 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33262 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33268 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33271 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33285 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33288 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33302 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33305 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33319 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33322 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33336 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33339 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33355 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33358 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33373 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33376 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33382 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33385 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33391 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33394 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33408 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33411 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33425 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33428 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33442 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33445 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33459 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33462 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33476 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33479 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33493 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33496 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33502 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33505 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33511 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33514 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33528 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33531 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33545 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33548 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33562 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33565 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33579 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33582 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33596 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33599 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33615 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33618 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33633 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33636 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33642 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33645 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33651 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33654 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33668 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33671 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33685 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33688 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33702 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33705 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33719 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33722 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33736 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33739 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33745 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33748 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33754 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33757 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33763 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33766 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33780 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33783 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33797 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33800 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33814 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33817 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33831 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33834 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33848 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33851 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33878 \begin_layout Standard
33879 The following is a full list of all of the accented characters LyX can display
33881 It includes not only the accented characters from the previous table, but
33882 also the characters from
33894 \begin_layout Itemize
33903 \begin_layout Standard
33904 ¨ Ä Ë Ï Ö Ü ä ë ï ö ü ÿ
33905 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
33911 \begin_layout Standard
33912 ^ Â Ê Î Ô Û â ê î ô û
33913 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
33919 \begin_layout Standard
33920 ` À È Ì Ò Ù à è ì ò ù
33921 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
33927 \begin_layout Standard
33928 ´ Á É Í Ó Ú Ý á é í ó ú ý
33929 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
33935 \begin_layout Standard
33937 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
33943 \begin_layout Standard
33945 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
33951 \begin_layout Standard
33953 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
33960 \begin_layout Itemize
33973 \begin_layout Standard
33975 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
33981 \begin_layout Standard
33983 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
33989 \begin_layout Standard
33991 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
33997 \begin_layout Standard
33999 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34005 \begin_layout Standard
34007 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34013 \begin_layout Standard
34015 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34022 \begin_layout Standard
34023 All the characters above are actively supported by TeX fonts.
34024 In addition TeX allows diacritical marks on almost all characters.
34025 Also make sure you're using the
34032 \begin_layout Chapter
34035 \begin_inset CommandInset label
34037 name "cha:The-User-Interface"
34044 \begin_layout Standard
34045 This appendix lists all available menus and describes its functionality.
34046 It is designed as quick reference if you are searching for a special topic
34047 inside the user's guide.
34050 \begin_layout Section
34055 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34064 \begin_layout Standard
34069 menu are the basic operations in addition to some more advanced operations.
34070 At the end of the menu the four last opened documents are listed.
34073 \begin_layout Subsection
34077 \begin_layout Standard
34078 Creates a new document.
34081 \begin_layout Subsection
34085 \begin_layout Standard
34086 This menu prompts you for a template to use.
34087 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
34088 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
34091 \begin_layout Subsection
34095 \begin_layout Standard
34099 \begin_layout Subsection
34103 \begin_layout Standard
34104 The submenu shows a list of the recently opened files.
34105 Click there on a file to open it.
34108 \begin_layout Subsection
34112 \begin_layout Standard
34113 Closes the current document.
34116 \begin_layout Subsection
34120 \begin_layout Standard
34121 Saves the actual document.
34124 \begin_layout Subsection
34128 \begin_layout Standard
34129 Saves the actual document under a new name to create a copy.
34132 \begin_layout Subsection
34136 \begin_layout Standard
34137 Reloads the actual document from disk.
34140 \begin_layout Subsection
34144 \begin_layout Standard
34145 This is used when more people are working on the same document.
34146 It is described in the section
34148 Version Control in LyX
34153 \begin_inset space ~
34161 \begin_layout Subsection
34165 \begin_layout Standard
34166 You can import there files from older LyX-versions, LaTeX-files, NoWeb-files,
34167 plain text files, and comma separated, table like, text files (CSV).
34168 The files will be imported as new LyX-document.
34171 \begin_layout Standard
34172 When using the menu
34175 \begin_inset space ~
34179 \begin_inset space ~
34184 , all lines will be imported consecutively to one big paragraph.
34185 A new paragraph is started when there is a blank line in the file.
34186 , the text is inserted as Paragraphs, where the line breaks of the text
34187 will start a new paragraph.
34190 \begin_layout Subsection
34192 \begin_inset CommandInset label
34201 \begin_layout Standard
34202 You can export your document to various file formats.
34203 The resulting files are placed in the directory of your LyX-file.
34204 The menu entries are not the same on all installations.
34205 They depend on the programs found by LyX while its configuration.
34208 \begin_layout Standard
34209 Here is a list of all available entries; they are explained in detail in
34211 \begin_inset space ~
34215 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34217 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
34224 \begin_layout Description
34228 \begin_inset space ~
34233 format of the special LyX 1.4.x versions for Chinese, Japanese, and Korean
34234 (CJK); (Since LyX 1.5.0 CJK support is fully integrated to LyX.)
34237 \begin_layout Description
34245 \begin_layout Description
34246 HTML HTML-format (the HTML-converter is a third-party product and doesn't
34250 \begin_layout Description
34252 \begin_inset space ~
34256 \begin_inset space ~
34259 Word) HTML-format specialized so that the result can be imported to
34263 , as consequence of this formulas will be embedded as bitmap fonts and not
34271 \begin_layout Description
34278 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34286 \begin_inset space ~
34291 text file with the LaTeX source, additionally all images used in the document
34292 will be converted to a format that is readable for the
34296 program (GIF, JPG, PDF, PNG)
34299 \begin_layout Description
34306 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34314 \begin_inset space ~
34319 text file with the LaTeX source code, additionally all images used in the
34320 document will be converted to the EPS-format, only this format is readable
34328 \begin_layout Description
34330 \begin_inset space ~
34333 1.y.x LyX-document in a format readable for the LyX versions 1.y.x (
34334 \begin_inset Quotes eld
34338 \begin_inset Quotes erd
34341 is replaced by the version number)
34344 \begin_layout Description
34345 OpenDocument OpenDocument-formatted text file, to be opened with
34358 (the OpenDocument-converter is a third-party product and doesn't work in
34362 \begin_layout Description
34367 PDF-format using the program
34372 \begin_layout Description
34376 \begin_inset space ~
34381 PDF-format using the program
34386 \begin_layout Description
34390 \begin_inset space ~
34395 PDF-format using the program
34400 \begin_layout Description
34404 \begin_inset space ~
34412 \begin_layout Description
34416 \begin_inset space ~
34420 \begin_inset space ~
34425 text format, the document will first be converted to Postscript format
34426 and then exported as text using the program
34431 \begin_layout Description
34436 PostScript format using the program
34441 \begin_layout Description
34449 \begin_layout Standard
34454 produces internally a DVI-file which is then converted to a PDF-file.
34455 It is a bit out of date and therefore the output could look different from
34461 produces directly PDF-files and supports the latest PDF-file formats.
34464 \begin_layout Standard
34465 If one of the menu entries
34472 \begin_inset space ~
34481 is missing, you need to update your LaTeX installation.
34482 After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section
34483 \begin_inset space ~
34487 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34489 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
34497 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34498 Reconfiguration of LyX
34506 \begin_layout Standard
34511 allows you to export your file by using special command line options for
34512 the export program.
34515 \begin_layout Subsection
34519 \begin_layout Standard
34520 With this menu you can print your document to a file in PostScript format
34521 or send it to a printer.
34522 The printer will also use the document in PostScript format.
34523 The conversion to PostScript is done in the background by LyX using the
34529 For more informations have a look at section
34530 \begin_inset space ~
34534 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34536 reference "sub:Printing-the-File"
34543 \begin_layout Subsection
34544 New and Close Window
34547 \begin_layout Standard
34548 Opens a new instance of LyX with all currently opened documents.
34549 You can close it later with the corresponding menu.
34552 \begin_layout Section
34557 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34566 \begin_layout Subsection
34570 \begin_layout Standard
34571 Described in section
34572 \begin_inset space ~
34576 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34578 reference "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
34585 \begin_layout Subsection
34586 Cut, Copy, Paste, Paste Recent, Paste Special
34589 \begin_layout Standard
34590 Described in section
34591 \begin_inset space ~
34595 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34597 reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
34604 \begin_layout Subsection
34608 \begin_layout Standard
34609 Selects the whole document.
34612 \begin_layout Subsection
34616 \begin_layout Standard
34617 Described in section
34618 \begin_inset space ~
34622 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34624 reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
34631 \begin_layout Subsection
34632 Move Paragraph Up/Down
34635 \begin_layout Standard
34636 This shifts the paragraph where the cursor is currently in one paragraph
34640 \begin_layout Subsection
34644 \begin_layout Standard
34645 Described in section
34646 \begin_inset space ~
34650 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34652 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
34659 \begin_layout Subsection
34664 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34665 Paragraph ! Settings
34673 \begin_layout Standard
34674 The settings in the paragraph dialog only affects the paragraph where the
34676 Here you can set here the paragraph alignment and line spacing.
34679 \begin_layout Standard
34680 You can also prevent that the first line of the paragraph is indented.
34681 This option works only when you have chosen to separate paragraphs with
34684 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34690 \begin_inset space ~
34698 \begin_layout Subsection
34702 \begin_layout Standard
34703 These two menus are only active when the cursor is inside a table or a formula.
34704 The properties of this table/formula can now be changed.
34705 The properties of tables are described in section
34706 \begin_inset space ~
34710 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34712 reference "sec:Tables"
34716 , the properties of formulas in chapter
34717 \begin_inset space ~
34721 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34723 reference "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
34730 \begin_layout Subsection
34731 Increase / Decrease List Depth
34734 \begin_layout Standard
34735 These menus are only active when the cursor is in an environment that can
34737 They in/decrease the environment nesting level as explained in section
34738 \begin_inset space ~
34742 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34744 reference "sec:Nesting"
34749 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34751 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
34758 \begin_layout Section
34763 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34772 \begin_layout Standard
34777 menu contains a list of available formats in which you can view the actual
34778 document with an external program.
34779 The menu entries for the viewing formats are not the same on all installations
34780 - it depends on the LaTeX programs that are found while LyX was configured.
34781 All possible formats are formats listed in section
34782 \begin_inset space ~
34786 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34788 reference "sub:Export"
34793 You should at least see the menu entries
34800 \begin_inset space ~
34806 If one of the two is missing, you need to update your LaTeX installation.
34807 After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section
34808 \begin_inset space ~
34812 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34814 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
34822 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34823 Reconfiguration of LyX
34831 \begin_layout Standard
34832 Invoking a menu will start a viewer program.
34833 The viewer can be set or changed in the preferences, see section
34834 \begin_inset space ~
34838 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34840 reference "sec:File-Formats"
34845 The default viewers are set by LyX while it is first configured.
34848 \begin_layout Standard
34849 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
34852 At the bottom of the
34856 menu the opened documents are listed.
34859 \begin_layout Subsection
34860 Open/Close all Insets
34863 \begin_layout Standard
34864 Opens/closes all insets in your document.
34867 \begin_layout Subsection
34868 Unfold/Fold Math Macros
34871 \begin_layout Standard
34872 Unfolds/folds the current math macro.
34875 \begin_layout Standard
34876 More about math macros will be described in the
34883 \begin_layout Subsection
34887 \begin_layout Standard
34888 Opens a window showing the source code of the actual document, as described
34890 \begin_inset space ~
34894 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34896 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
34903 \begin_layout Subsection
34907 \begin_layout Standard
34908 This menu allows you to update the view with your latest changes without
34909 opening a new view window.
34912 \begin_layout Subsection
34916 \begin_layout Standard
34917 This will split LyX's main window vertically or horizontally.
34918 This allows you view documents the same time to compare them, or to view
34919 the same document, but at different positions.
34920 You can split the main window even several times to view for example 3
34921 or more documents the same time.
34922 To return to an unsplit view, use the menu
34929 \begin_layout Subsection
34933 \begin_layout Standard
34934 Closes a split view.
34937 \begin_layout Subsection
34941 \begin_layout Standard
34942 Using this menu or pressing F11 removes the menu bar and all toolbars so
34943 that you will see nothing than your text.
34944 It furthermore displays LyX's main window fullscreen.
34945 To return from fullscreen to the normal view, press F11, or right-click
34946 and turn off the fullscreen mode in the the appearing context menu.
34949 \begin_layout Subsection
34951 \begin_inset CommandInset label
34953 name "sub:Toolbars"
34961 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34970 \begin_layout Standard
34971 In this menu you can set the appearance of the different toolbars.
34972 All toolbars and the
34975 \begin_inset space ~
34980 can be turned on and off.
34985 state is denoted in the menu with a checkmark.
34997 \begin_inset space ~
35006 toolbars can be additionally set to the state
35010 that is denoted in the menu with the suffix
35017 \begin_layout Standard
35022 state the toolbar is permanently shown, in the
35026 state the toolbar is only shown when the cursor is in a certain environment
35027 or when a certain feature is enabled.
35028 That means that the review toolbar will only be shown when change tracking
35029 is activated, the math and table toolbars are only shown when the cursor
35030 is inside a formula or table, respectively.
35033 \begin_layout Standard
35034 LyX's toolbars and its buttons are explained in section
35035 \begin_inset space ~
35039 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35041 reference "sec:Toolbars"
35048 \begin_layout Section
35053 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35062 \begin_layout Subsection
35066 \begin_layout Standard
35067 Inserts math constructs that are explained in chapter
35068 \begin_inset space ~
35072 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35074 reference "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
35085 \begin_layout Subsection
35087 \begin_inset CommandInset label
35089 name "sub:Special-Character"
35096 \begin_layout Standard
35097 Here you can insert the following characters:
35100 \begin_layout Description
35101 Symbols Inserts any character that can be output by your LaTeX system.
35102 Therefore the number of character categories in this dialog and the available
35103 characters depend on the LaTeX-packages you have installed.
35104 \begin_inset Newline newline
35108 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
35111 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35116 Not all characters will be visible in the
35120 dialog because none of the screen font that you can set in the preferences
35122 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
35126 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35128 reference "sub:Screen-Fonts"
35132 ) can display every character.
35140 \begin_layout Description
35141 Ellipsis Inserts an ellipsis: \SpecialChar \ldots{}
35145 \begin_layout Description
35147 \begin_inset space ~
35151 \begin_inset space ~
35154 Sentence Inserts an end of sentence dot as described in section
35155 \begin_inset space ~
35159 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35161 reference "sub:Abbreviations"
35168 \begin_layout Description
35170 \begin_inset space ~
35173 Quote Inserts this quote:
35174 \begin_inset Quotes erd
35177 , no matter what quote type you selected in the
35179 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
35189 \begin_layout Description
35191 \begin_inset space ~
35194 Quote Inserts this quote:
35195 \begin_inset Quotes els
35201 \begin_layout Description
35203 \begin_inset space ~
35206 Hyphen Inserts a hyphen that is protected from line breaks: \SpecialChar \nobreakdash-
35210 \begin_layout Description
35212 \begin_inset space ~
35215 Slash Inserts a slash where also a line break can occur: \SpecialChar \slash{}
35219 \begin_layout Description
35221 \begin_inset space ~
35224 Separator Inserts the menu separator sign: \SpecialChar \menuseparator
35228 \begin_layout Description
35230 \begin_inset space ~
35237 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35247 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35248 Language ! Phonetic symbols
35253 Creates a formula with a so called tipa inset.
35254 Here you can insert commands to create IPA phonetic symbols.
35255 For this feature you must have the LaTeX-package
35263 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35264 LaTeX-packages ! tipa
35270 \begin_inset Newline newline
35273 For more informations about this feature we refer to the documentation of
35277 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
35285 and this Wiki-page:
35286 \begin_inset Newline newline
35290 \begin_inset Flex URL
35293 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35295 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LinguistLyX
35303 \begin_layout Subsection
35307 \begin_layout Standard
35308 Here you can insert the following format constructs:
35311 \begin_layout Description
35312 Superscript Inserts an superscript: test
35313 \begin_inset Formula $^{\text{a,b}}$
35319 \begin_layout Description
35320 Subscript Inserts an subscript: test
35321 \begin_inset Formula $_{\text{3x}}$
35327 \begin_layout Description
35329 \begin_inset space ~
35332 Space Inserts a protected space that is described in section
35333 \begin_inset space ~
35337 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35339 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
35346 \begin_layout Description
35348 \begin_inset space ~
35351 Space Inserts an inter-word space that is described in section
35352 \begin_inset space ~
35356 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35358 reference "sub:Inter-word-Space"
35365 \begin_layout Description
35367 \begin_inset space ~
35370 Space Inserts a thin space that is described in section
35371 \begin_inset space ~
35375 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35377 reference "sub:Thin-Space"
35384 \begin_layout Description
35386 \begin_inset space ~
35389 Space Inserts horizontal space, see section
35390 \begin_inset space ~
35394 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35396 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
35403 \begin_layout Description
35405 \begin_inset space ~
35408 Line Inserts an horizontal line, see section
35409 \begin_inset space ~
35413 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35415 reference "sub:Horizontal-Lines"
35422 \begin_layout Description
35424 \begin_inset space ~
35427 Space Inserts vertical space, see section
35428 \begin_inset space ~
35432 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35434 reference "sub:Vertical-Space"
35441 \begin_layout Description
35443 \begin_inset space ~
35446 Point Inserts an hyphenation point, see section
35447 \begin_inset space ~
35451 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35453 reference "sub:Hyphenation"
35460 \begin_layout Description
35462 \begin_inset space ~
35465 Break Inserts a ligature break, see section
35466 \begin_inset space ~
35470 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35472 reference "sub:Ligatures"
35479 \begin_layout Description
35481 \begin_inset space ~
35485 \begin_inset space ~
35488 Break Inserts a forced line break, see section
35489 \begin_inset space ~
35493 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35495 reference "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
35502 \begin_layout Description
35504 \begin_inset space ~
35507 Break Inserts a forced line break that furthermore stretches the broken
35508 text line to the page border, see section
35509 \begin_inset space ~
35513 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35515 reference "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
35522 \begin_layout Description
35524 \begin_inset space ~
35527 Page Inserts a forced page break, described in section
35528 \begin_inset space ~
35532 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35534 reference "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
35541 \begin_layout Description
35543 \begin_inset space ~
35546 Break Inserts a forced page break that furthermore stretches the broken
35547 text page to the page border, described in section
35548 \begin_inset space ~
35552 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35554 reference "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
35561 \begin_layout Description
35563 \begin_inset space ~
35566 Page Inserts a clear page break, described in section
35567 \begin_inset space ~
35571 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35573 reference "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
35580 \begin_layout Description
35582 \begin_inset space ~
35586 \begin_inset space ~
35589 Page Inserts a clear doublepage break, described in section
35590 \begin_inset space ~
35594 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35596 reference "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
35603 \begin_layout Subsection
35607 \begin_layout Standard
35608 Various lists can be inserted with this menu.
35609 The table of contents, the algorithm, figures, and tables list are described
35611 \begin_inset space ~
35615 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35617 reference "sec:toc"
35622 The index list is described in section
35623 \begin_inset space ~
35627 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35629 reference "sec:Index"
35633 , the nomenclature in section
35634 \begin_inset space ~
35638 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35640 reference "sec:Nomenclature"
35644 , and the BibTeX bibliography in section
35645 \begin_inset space ~
35649 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35651 reference "sub:Bibliography-databases"
35658 \begin_layout Subsection
35662 \begin_layout Standard
35663 To insert floats, described in section
35664 \begin_inset space ~
35668 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35670 reference "sec:Floats"
35677 \begin_layout Subsection
35681 \begin_layout Standard
35682 To insert notes, described in section
35683 \begin_inset space ~
35687 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35689 reference "sec:Notes"
35696 \begin_layout Subsection
35700 \begin_layout Standard
35701 Inserts branch insets as described in section
35702 \begin_inset space ~
35706 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35708 reference "sec:Branches"
35715 \begin_layout Subsection
35720 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35729 \begin_layout Standard
35730 Here you can insert files to include them or its content to your document.
35731 How this can be done is in detail explained in chapter
35742 \begin_layout Subsection
35747 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35756 \begin_layout Standard
35757 Inserts a minipage box that is described section
35758 \begin_inset space ~
35762 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35764 reference "sec:Minipages"
35769 All box types supported by LyX are explained in detail in chapter
35780 \begin_layout Subsection
35784 \begin_layout Standard
35785 Inserts a citation as described in section
35786 \begin_inset space ~
35790 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35792 reference "sec:Bibliography"
35799 \begin_layout Subsection
35803 \begin_layout Standard
35804 Inserts a cross-reference as described in section
35805 \begin_inset space ~
35809 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35811 reference "sec:Cross-References"
35818 \begin_layout Subsection
35822 \begin_layout Standard
35823 Inserts a label as described in section
35824 \begin_inset space ~
35828 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35830 reference "sec:Cross-References"
35837 \begin_layout Subsection
35842 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35852 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35853 Longtables ! Caption
35861 \begin_layout Standard
35862 Inserts a caption to floats or longtables.
35863 Floats are described in section
35864 \begin_inset space ~
35868 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35870 reference "sec:Floats"
35874 , captions in longtables are described in section
35885 \begin_layout Subsection
35889 \begin_layout Standard
35890 Inserts an index entry as described in section
35891 \begin_inset space ~
35895 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35897 reference "sec:Index"
35904 \begin_layout Subsection
35908 \begin_layout Standard
35909 Inserts a nomenclature entry as described in section
35910 \begin_inset space ~
35914 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35916 reference "sec:Nomenclature"
35923 \begin_layout Subsection
35927 \begin_layout Standard
35929 Tables are described in section
35930 \begin_inset space ~
35934 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35936 reference "sec:Tables"
35943 \begin_layout Subsection
35947 \begin_layout Standard
35949 Graphics are described in section
35950 \begin_inset space ~
35954 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35956 reference "sec:Graphics"
35963 \begin_layout Subsection
35967 \begin_layout Standard
35968 Inserts an URL as described in section
35969 \begin_inset space ~
35973 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35975 reference "sub:URLs"
35982 \begin_layout Subsection
35986 \begin_layout Standard
35987 Inserts a hyperlink as described in section
35988 \begin_inset space ~
35992 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35994 reference "sub:Hyperlinks"
36001 \begin_layout Subsection
36005 \begin_layout Standard
36006 Inserts a footnote, see section
36007 \begin_inset space ~
36011 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36013 reference "sec:Footnotes"
36020 \begin_layout Subsection
36024 \begin_layout Standard
36025 Inserts a marginal note, see section
36026 \begin_inset space ~
36030 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36032 reference "sec:Marginal-Notes"
36039 \begin_layout Subsection
36043 \begin_layout Standard
36044 Inserts a short title, see section
36045 \begin_inset space ~
36049 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36051 reference "sec:Short-Titles"
36058 \begin_layout Subsection
36062 \begin_layout Standard
36063 Inserts a TeX Code box, see section
36064 \begin_inset space ~
36068 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36070 reference "sub:TeX-Code-Boxes"
36077 \begin_layout Subsection
36082 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36091 \begin_layout Standard
36092 Inserts a program listings box.
36093 Program listings are explained in chapter
36095 Program Code Listings
36104 \begin_layout Subsection
36108 \begin_layout Standard
36109 Inserts the actual date.
36110 The format depends on the date format of the language that is used for
36112 LyX offers another ways to insert a date which is explained in section
36122 There the different methods are also compared.
36125 \begin_layout Section
36130 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36139 \begin_layout Standard
36140 This menu lists the existing chapters, sections, figures, tables, etc.
36141 \begin_inset space ~
36144 of the current document.
36145 This allows you to navigate easily through you document.
36148 \begin_layout Subsection
36152 \begin_layout Standard
36153 With this menu you are able to define your own bookmarks.
36154 This is useful when you are working on a large documents and often have
36156 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
36160 \begin_inset space \space{}
36164 \begin_inset space ~
36168 To create bookmarks for this example, go to section
36169 \begin_inset space ~
36172 2.5 and use the menu
36175 \begin_inset space ~
36179 \begin_inset space ~
36186 \begin_inset space ~
36192 \begin_inset space ~
36196 \begin_inset space ~
36202 Now you can jump easily between these sections by using the menu or by
36206 arg "bookmark-goto 1"
36212 arg "bookmark-goto 2"
36218 \begin_layout Standard
36219 You can also use bookmarks to jump between several opened documents.
36220 The saved bookmarks are valid till the document is closed.
36223 \begin_layout Subsection
36224 Next Note, Change, Cross-reference
36227 \begin_layout Standard
36228 Jump to the next note, change, or cross-reference following the current
36232 \begin_layout Subsection
36236 \begin_layout Standard
36237 Only active when the cursor is in front of a cross-reference.
36238 Sets the cursor before the referenced label, the same as if you right-click
36239 on a cross-reference box.
36242 \begin_layout Section
36247 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36256 \begin_layout Subsection
36260 \begin_layout Standard
36261 Change Tracking is described in section
36262 \begin_inset space ~
36266 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36268 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
36275 \begin_layout Subsection
36280 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36290 \begin_layout Standard
36291 After running LaTeX by viewing or exporting a document, this menu will be
36293 It shows the logfile of the used LaTeX-program.
36296 \begin_layout Standard
36297 Here you can see how LaTeX works in the background.
36302 will find in it reasons for LaTeX-errors.
36305 \begin_layout Subsection
36309 \begin_layout Standard
36310 Opens the TOC/Outline window as described in section
36311 \begin_inset space ~
36315 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36317 reference "sec:Navigating"
36322 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36324 reference "sub:Table-of-Contents"
36331 \begin_layout Subsection
36332 Start Appendix Here
36335 \begin_layout Standard
36336 This menu will start the appendix of the document at the current cursor
36337 position as described in section
36338 \begin_inset space ~
36342 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36344 reference "sec:Appendices"
36351 \begin_layout Subsection
36355 \begin_layout Standard
36356 Un/compresses the actual document.
36359 \begin_layout Subsection
36363 \begin_layout Standard
36364 The document settings are described in appendix
36365 \begin_inset space ~
36369 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36371 reference "cha:The-Document-Settings"
36378 \begin_layout Section
36383 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36392 \begin_layout Subsection
36396 \begin_layout Standard
36397 Spell checking is explained in section
36398 \begin_inset space ~
36402 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36404 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
36411 \begin_layout Subsection
36415 \begin_layout Standard
36416 The thesaurus is described in section
36417 \begin_inset space ~
36421 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36423 reference "sec:Thesaurus"
36430 \begin_layout Subsection
36435 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36445 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36454 \begin_layout Standard
36455 Counts the number of words and characters in the actual document or the
36456 highlighted document part.
36459 \begin_layout Subsection
36464 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36473 \begin_layout Standard
36474 Shows you a list of the classes and styles installed in your LaTeX-system.
36477 \begin_layout Subsection
36482 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36483 LyX ! Reconfigure|see
36487 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36494 Reconfiguration of LyX
36498 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36514 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36515 Reconfiguration of LyX
36523 \begin_layout Standard
36524 This menu reconfigures LyX.
36525 That means LyX looks for LaTeX-packages and needed programs, see also section
36526 \begin_inset space ~
36530 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36532 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
36539 \begin_layout Subsection
36543 \begin_layout Standard
36544 The preferences dialog is described in detail in appendix
36545 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
36549 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36551 reference "cha:The-Preferences-dialog"
36558 \begin_layout Section
36563 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36572 \begin_layout Standard
36573 This menu opens the documentation files of LyX in the language of LyX's
36577 \begin_layout Standard
36581 \begin_inset space ~
36586 shows a LyX-document with informations about the LaTeX-packages and classes
36587 found by LyX (see also section
36588 \begin_inset space ~
36592 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36594 reference "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
36601 \begin_layout Section
36603 \begin_inset CommandInset label
36605 name "sec:Toolbars"
36612 \begin_layout Standard
36613 How to show or hide toolbars is explained in section
36614 \begin_inset space ~
36618 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36620 reference "sub:Toolbars"
36627 \begin_layout Standard
36628 It is also possible to define custom toolbars.
36629 This is described in the
36631 Additional Features
36636 \begin_layout Subsection
36641 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36650 \begin_layout Standard
36651 \begin_inset Graphics
36652 filename clipart/StandardToolbar.png
36660 \begin_layout Standard
36661 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
36667 \begin_layout Standard
36668 The standard toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
36673 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36685 \begin_inset Note Note
36688 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36689 This is necessary to left align the following longtables.
36694 manual for more information.
36702 \begin_layout Standard
36703 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
36709 \begin_layout Standard
36710 \begin_inset Tabular
36711 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="2">
36712 <features islongtable="true">
36713 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
36714 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
36716 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36719 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36720 \begin_inset Graphics
36721 filename clipart/ToolbarEnvBox.png
36731 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36734 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36735 pull-down box for the paragraph environments
36748 \begin_layout Standard
36749 \begin_inset VSpace -10mm
36755 \begin_layout Standard
36757 \begin_inset Tabular
36758 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="20" columns="2">
36759 <features islongtable="true">
36760 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
36761 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
36762 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36763 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36766 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36769 \begin_inset Graphics
36770 filename ../images/buffer-new.png
36771 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
36780 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36783 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36786 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36793 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36794 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36797 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36798 \begin_inset Graphics
36799 filename ../images/file-open.png
36800 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
36809 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36812 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36815 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36822 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36823 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36826 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36827 \begin_inset Graphics
36828 filename ../images/buffer-write.png
36829 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
36838 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36841 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36844 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36851 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36852 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36855 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36856 \begin_inset Graphics
36857 filename ../images/dialog-show_print.png
36858 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 24bp 20bp
36867 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36870 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36873 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36880 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36881 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36884 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36885 \begin_inset Graphics
36886 filename ../images/dialog-show_spellchecker.png
36887 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
36896 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36899 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36902 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36909 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36910 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36913 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36914 \begin_inset Graphics
36915 filename ../images/undo.png
36916 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
36925 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36928 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36931 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36938 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36939 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36942 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36943 \begin_inset Graphics
36944 filename ../images/redo.png
36945 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
36954 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36957 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36960 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36967 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36968 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36971 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36972 \begin_inset Graphics
36973 filename ../images/cut.png
36974 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
36983 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36986 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36989 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36996 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36997 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37000 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37001 \begin_inset Graphics
37002 filename ../images/copy.png
37003 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37012 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37015 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37018 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37025 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37026 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37029 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37030 \begin_inset Graphics
37031 filename ../images/paste.png
37032 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37041 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37044 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37047 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37054 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37055 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37058 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37059 \begin_inset Graphics
37060 filename ../images/dialog-show_findreplace.png
37061 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37062 rotateOrigin center
37071 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37074 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37077 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37079 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
37083 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
37092 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37093 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37096 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37097 \begin_inset Graphics
37098 filename ../images/font-emph.png
37099 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37108 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37111 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37112 Emphasize text, function of the Edit
37114 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
37116 \begin_inset space ~
37127 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37128 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37131 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37132 \begin_inset Graphics
37133 filename ../images/font-noun.png
37134 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37143 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37146 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37147 Set text to noun style, function of the Edit
37149 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
37151 \begin_inset space ~
37162 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37163 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37166 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37167 \begin_inset Graphics
37168 filename ../images/textstyle-apply.png
37169 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37178 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37181 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37182 Formats text using the current settings in the
37184 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37186 \begin_inset space ~
37197 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37198 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37201 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37202 \begin_inset Graphics
37203 filename ../images/math-mode.png
37204 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37213 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37216 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37219 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37220 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37222 \begin_inset space ~
37231 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37232 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37235 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37236 \begin_inset Graphics
37237 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_graphics.png
37238 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37239 rotateOrigin center
37248 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37251 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37254 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37261 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37262 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37265 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37266 \begin_inset Graphics
37267 filename ../images/tabular-insert.png
37268 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37269 rotateOrigin center
37278 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37281 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37284 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37291 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37292 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37295 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37296 \begin_inset Graphics
37297 filename ../images/dialog-toggle_toc.png
37298 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37299 rotateOrigin center
37308 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37311 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37312 Toggle outline window on/off,
37314 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37321 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37322 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37325 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37326 \begin_inset Graphics
37327 filename ../images/toolbar-toggle_math.png
37328 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37329 rotateOrigin center
37338 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37341 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37342 Toggle math toolbar on/off
37348 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37349 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37352 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37353 \begin_inset Graphics
37354 filename ../images/toolbar-toggle_table.png
37355 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37356 rotateOrigin center
37365 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37368 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37369 Toggle table toolbar on/off
37382 \begin_layout Subsection
37387 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37396 \begin_layout Standard
37397 \begin_inset Graphics
37398 filename clipart/ExtraToolbar.png
37406 \begin_layout Standard
37407 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
37413 \begin_layout Standard
37414 The extra toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
37418 \begin_layout Standard
37419 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
37425 \begin_layout Standard
37426 \begin_inset Tabular
37427 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="25" columns="2">
37428 <features islongtable="true">
37429 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
37430 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
37431 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37432 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37435 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37436 \begin_inset Graphics
37437 filename ../images/layout.png
37438 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37439 rotateOrigin center
37448 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37451 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37458 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37459 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37462 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37463 \begin_inset Graphics
37464 filename ../images/layout_Enumerate.png
37465 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37466 rotateOrigin center
37475 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37478 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37485 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37486 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37489 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37490 \begin_inset Graphics
37491 filename ../images/layout_Itemize.png
37492 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37493 rotateOrigin center
37502 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37505 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37512 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37513 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37516 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37517 \begin_inset Graphics
37518 filename ../images/layout_List.png
37519 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37520 rotateOrigin center
37529 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37532 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37539 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37540 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37543 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37544 \begin_inset Graphics
37545 filename ../images/layout_Description.png
37546 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37547 rotateOrigin center
37556 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37559 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37566 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37567 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37570 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37571 \begin_inset Graphics
37572 filename ../images/depth-increment.png
37573 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37574 rotateOrigin center
37583 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37586 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37589 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37591 \begin_inset space ~
37595 \begin_inset space ~
37604 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37605 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37608 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37609 \begin_inset Graphics
37610 filename ../images/depth-decrement.png
37611 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37612 rotateOrigin center
37621 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37624 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37627 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37629 \begin_inset space ~
37633 \begin_inset space ~
37642 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37643 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37646 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37647 \begin_inset Graphics
37648 filename ../images/float-insert_figure.png
37649 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37658 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37661 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37664 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37665 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37672 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37673 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37676 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37677 \begin_inset Graphics
37678 filename ../images/float-insert_table.png
37679 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37688 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37691 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37694 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37695 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37702 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37703 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37706 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37707 \begin_inset Graphics
37708 filename ../images/label-insert.png
37709 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37718 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37721 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37724 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37731 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37732 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37735 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37736 \begin_inset Graphics
37737 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_ref.png
37738 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37747 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37750 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37753 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37760 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37761 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37764 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37765 \begin_inset Graphics
37766 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_citation.png
37767 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37776 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37779 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37782 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37789 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37790 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37793 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37794 \begin_inset Graphics
37795 filename ../images/index-insert.png
37796 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37805 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37808 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37811 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37813 \begin_inset space ~
37822 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37823 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37826 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37827 \begin_inset Graphics
37828 filename ../images/nomencl-insert.png
37829 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37838 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37841 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37844 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37846 \begin_inset space ~
37855 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37856 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37859 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37860 \begin_inset Graphics
37861 filename ../images/footnote-insert.png
37862 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37871 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37874 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37877 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37884 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37885 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37888 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37889 \begin_inset Graphics
37890 filename ../images/marginalnote-insert.png
37891 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37892 rotateOrigin center
37901 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37904 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37907 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37909 \begin_inset space ~
37918 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37919 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37922 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37923 \begin_inset Graphics
37924 filename ../images/note-insert.png
37925 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37934 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37937 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37940 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37941 Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37943 \begin_inset space ~
37952 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37953 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37956 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37957 \begin_inset Graphics
37958 filename ../images/box-insert.png
37959 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37968 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37971 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37974 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37981 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37982 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37985 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37986 \begin_inset Graphics
37987 filename ../images/url-insert.png
37988 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37997 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38000 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38003 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38010 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38011 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38014 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38015 \begin_inset Graphics
38016 filename ../images/ert-insert.png
38017 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38026 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38029 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38032 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38039 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38054 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38055 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38058 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38059 \begin_inset Graphics
38060 filename ../images/math-macro_newmacroname_newcommand.png
38061 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38070 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38073 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38076 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38077 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38084 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38085 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38088 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38089 \begin_inset Graphics
38090 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_include.png
38091 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38100 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38103 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38106 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38107 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38109 \begin_inset space ~
38118 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38119 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38122 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38123 \begin_inset Graphics
38124 filename ../images/dialog-show_character.png
38125 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38126 rotateOrigin center
38135 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38138 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38141 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38143 \begin_inset space ~
38152 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38153 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38156 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38157 \begin_inset Graphics
38158 filename ../images/layout-paragraph.png
38159 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38160 rotateOrigin center
38169 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38172 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38175 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38177 \begin_inset space ~
38186 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38187 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38190 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38191 \begin_inset Graphics
38192 filename ../images/thesaurus-entry.png
38193 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38194 rotateOrigin center
38203 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38206 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38209 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38223 \begin_layout Subsection
38224 View / Update Toolbar
38228 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38229 Toolbar ! View / Update
38237 \begin_layout Standard
38238 \begin_inset Graphics
38239 filename clipart/ViewToolbar.png
38246 \begin_layout Standard
38247 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
38253 \begin_layout Standard
38254 The view / update toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the
38258 \begin_layout Standard
38259 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
38265 \begin_layout Standard
38266 \begin_inset Tabular
38267 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="6" columns="2">
38268 <features islongtable="true">
38269 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
38270 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
38271 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38272 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38275 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38276 \begin_inset Graphics
38277 filename ../images/buffer-view_dvi.png
38278 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38279 rotateOrigin center
38288 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38291 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38294 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38301 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38302 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38305 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38306 \begin_inset Graphics
38307 filename ../images/buffer-update_dvi.png
38308 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38309 rotateOrigin center
38318 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38321 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38324 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38325 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38332 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38333 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38336 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38337 \begin_inset Graphics
38338 filename ../images/buffer-view_pdf2.png
38339 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38340 rotateOrigin center
38349 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38352 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38355 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38362 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38363 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38366 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38367 \begin_inset Graphics
38368 filename ../images/buffer-update_pdf2.png
38369 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38370 rotateOrigin center
38379 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38382 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38385 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38386 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38393 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38394 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38397 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38398 \begin_inset Graphics
38399 filename ../images/buffer-view_ps.png
38400 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38401 rotateOrigin center
38410 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38413 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38416 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38423 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38424 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38427 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38428 \begin_inset Graphics
38429 filename ../images/buffer-update_ps.png
38430 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38431 rotateOrigin center
38440 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38443 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38446 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38447 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38461 \begin_layout Subsection
38465 \begin_layout Standard
38466 The change tracking toolbar is explained in section
38467 \begin_inset space ~
38471 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38473 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
38477 , the table toolbar
38481 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38491 manual, the math macro toolbar in the
38498 \begin_layout Chapter
38499 The Document Settings
38500 \begin_inset CommandInset label
38502 name "cha:The-Document-Settings"
38510 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38511 Document ! Settings
38519 \begin_layout Standard
38520 The document settings dialog contains submenus to set properties for the
38521 whole document and is called with the menu
38523 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38527 You can save your document settings as default with th
38529 e Save as Document Defaults
38531 button in the dialog.
38532 This will create a template name
38540 which is automatically loaded by LyX when you create a new document without
38544 \begin_layout Standard
38545 The different submenus of the dialog are explained in the following.
38548 \begin_layout Section
38552 \begin_layout Standard
38553 Here you set the document class, class options, a Postscript driver, and
38555 Document classes are described in section
38556 \begin_inset space ~
38560 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38562 reference "sec:Document-Classes"
38567 Some classes use some class options by default.
38568 If this is the case, they are listed in the field
38572 and you can decide to use them or not.
38573 If you don't exactly know what the default class options are for, it is
38574 recommended not to touch them.
38575 The Postscript driver is used for LaTeX's color and graphics packages.
38580 , the default driver for the LaTeX-packages are used.
38581 It is recommended to use the default unless your know what you are doing.
38585 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38586 When you want one of the following drivers
38587 \begin_inset Newline newline
38590 dvi2ps, dvialw, dvilaser, dvitops, psprint, pubps, ln
38591 \begin_inset Newline newline
38594 you first have to activate them in your LaTeX distribution, see sec.
38595 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
38599 \begin_inset CommandInset href
38601 target "http://tug.ctan.org/get/macros/latex/required/graphics/grfguide.pdf"
38613 \begin_layout Standard
38614 Specifying a master document is necessary when the current document is a
38615 child or subdocument.
38616 This master document will be used by LyX when the child document is opened
38617 without its master.
38618 This way child documents are always compileable.
38619 More about master and child documents is explained in the section
38630 \begin_layout Section
38634 \begin_layout Standard
38635 Modules are explained in section
38636 \begin_inset space ~
38640 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38642 reference "sub:Modules"
38649 \begin_layout Section
38653 \begin_layout Standard
38654 The document font settings are described in section
38655 \begin_inset space ~
38659 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38661 reference "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
38668 \begin_layout Section
38672 \begin_layout Standard
38673 You can specify if paragraphs should be separated by indentations or vertical
38675 The line spacing and the number of text columns can here also be specified.
38679 \begin_layout Standard
38680 Note that LyX won't show two columns or the set up line spacing on screen.
38681 That's impractical, often unreadable, and not part of the WYSIWYM concept.
38682 However, it will be as you specified it in the output.
38685 \begin_layout Standard
38686 The listings settings are explained in the corresponding section in the
38694 \begin_layout Section
38698 \begin_layout Standard
38699 A description of this menu is given in section
38700 \begin_inset space ~
38704 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38706 reference "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation,"
38711 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38713 reference "sub:Document-Layout"
38720 \begin_layout Section
38724 \begin_layout Standard
38725 Here you can adjust the paper margins, see section
38726 \begin_inset space ~
38730 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38732 reference "sub:Margins"
38739 \begin_layout Section
38744 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38745 Language ! Encoding
38753 \begin_layout Standard
38754 The document language and quote styles are set here.
38755 The encoding specifies how the document content is exported to LaTeX (the
38756 LyX file is always encoded in utf8).
38757 All characters that cannot be encoded using the specified encoding will
38758 be exported as LaTeX-commands (this can fail if a LaTeX-command is not
38759 known for a particular character).
38763 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38764 The known commands are defined in a text file.
38765 You can add commands for unknown symbols to that file yourself, see the
38770 manual for details.
38778 \begin_layout Standard
38779 If you use the option
38783 , LyX determines the encoding of a text part from the language of this text.
38784 If the document contains text in more than one language you may get more
38785 than one encoding in the LaTeX file.
38786 If you do not use this option then the complete document will always use
38787 exactly one encoding.
38788 Checking this option is the preferred setting unless you use
38796 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38797 XeTeX is a TeX typesetting engine, an alternative for LaTeX.
38798 It natively supports Unicode while its input file is assumed to be in UTF-8
38800 More about using LyX with XeTeX can be found in
38801 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
38815 \begin_layout Standard
38816 LyX also supports Unicode output, which is particularly useful if you need
38817 lots of special symbols or non-alphabetic scripts, respectively.
38818 If you want to use this (and your LaTeX installation supports Unicode,
38819 for that matter), choose one of the four utf8 variants from the list below.
38820 Unfortunately the Unicode support of standard LaTeX is quite incomplete,
38821 so it is not uncommon that a file with lots of Unicode symbols works fine
38826 (when LyX uses it's list of known LaTeX-commands), but does not work with
38827 a fixed utf8 encoding (when the list of known LaTeX-commands is not used,
38828 because all Unicode symbols can be encoded in utf8).
38831 \begin_layout Standard
38832 Here is a list with the important encodings:
38835 \begin_layout Description
38837 \begin_inset space ~
38841 \begin_inset space ~
38845 \begin_inset space ~
38852 , but the LaTeX-package
38860 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38861 LaTeX-packages ! inputenc
38867 When using this, you probably need to load some additional packages manually
38868 in the preamble and specify the used encoding for text parts in foreign
38869 languages in TeX code.
38872 \begin_layout Description
38873 ASCII the ASCII encoding, covers only plain English (7-bit ASCII).
38874 LyX converts all other characters into LaTeX commands, which may result
38875 in a big file when lots of LaTeX-commands are needed.
38878 \begin_layout Description
38880 \begin_inset space ~
38884 \begin_inset space ~
38887 1256) MS Windows code page for Arabic and Farsi
38890 \begin_layout Description
38892 \begin_inset space ~
38896 \begin_inset space ~
38899 8859-6) for Arabic and Farsi
38902 \begin_layout Description
38904 \begin_inset space ~
38907 (ArmSCII8) for Armenian
38910 \begin_layout Description
38912 \begin_inset space ~
38916 \begin_inset space ~
38919 1257) MS Windows code page for Estonian, Latvian, and Lithuanian, the same
38920 as the ISO-8859-13 encoding
38923 \begin_layout Description
38925 \begin_inset space ~
38929 \begin_inset space ~
38932 8859-13) for Estonian, Latvian, and Lithuanian, a superset of the ISO-8859-4
38936 \begin_layout Description
38938 \begin_inset space ~
38942 \begin_inset space ~
38945 8859-4) (latin 4) for Estonian, Latvian, and Lithuanian, a subset of the
38946 ISO-8859-13 encoding
38949 \begin_layout Description
38951 \begin_inset space ~
38955 \begin_inset space ~
38959 \begin_inset space ~
38962 1250) MS Windows code page for ISO
38963 \begin_inset space ~
38969 \begin_layout Description
38971 \begin_inset space ~
38975 \begin_inset space ~
38979 \begin_inset space ~
38982 8859-2) (latin 2) covers Albanian, Croatian, Czech, German, Hungarian, Polish,
38983 Romanian, Slovak, and Slovenian
38986 \begin_layout Description
38988 \begin_inset space ~
38992 \begin_inset space ~
38995 (EUC-CN) for simplified Chinese, used especially on UNIX OSes, since 2001
38996 this encoding is officially replaced by the encoding GB18030, as GB18030
38997 is not available for LaTeX you should try to use the encoding Unicode
38998 \begin_inset space ~
39002 \begin_inset space ~
39008 \begin_layout Description
39010 \begin_inset space ~
39014 \begin_inset space ~
39017 (GBK) for simplified Chinese, is the same as the Windows code page CP 936
39018 except of the Euro currency sign, since 2001 this encoding is officially
39019 replaced by the encoding GB18030, as GB18030 is not available for LaTeX
39020 you should try to use the encoding Unicode
39021 \begin_inset space ~
39025 \begin_inset space ~
39031 \begin_layout Description
39033 \begin_inset space ~
39037 \begin_inset space ~
39040 (EUC-TW) for traditional Chinese
39043 \begin_layout Description
39045 \begin_inset space ~
39049 \begin_inset space ~
39052 1251) MS Windows code page for Cyrillic
39055 \begin_layout Description
39057 \begin_inset space ~
39061 \begin_inset space ~
39064 8859-5) covers Belorussian, Bulgarian, Macedonian, Serbian, and Ukrainian
39067 \begin_layout Description
39069 \begin_inset space ~
39072 (KOI8-R) standard Cyrillic especially for Russian
39075 \begin_layout Description
39077 \begin_inset space ~
39080 (KOI8-U) Cyrillic for Ukrainian
39083 \begin_layout Description
39085 \begin_inset space ~
39089 \begin_inset space ~
39092 154) Cyrillic for Kazakh
39095 \begin_layout Description
39097 \begin_inset space ~
39101 \begin_inset space ~
39107 \begin_layout Description
39109 \begin_inset space ~
39113 \begin_inset space ~
39116 1255) MS Windows code page for Hebrew, a superset of the ISO-8859-8 encoding
39119 \begin_layout Description
39121 \begin_inset space ~
39125 \begin_inset space ~
39131 \begin_layout Description
39133 \begin_inset space ~
39137 \begin_inset space ~
39140 (EUC-JP) EUC-JP encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
39148 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39149 LaTeX-packages ! CJK
39154 , when using this, set the document language to
39159 \begin_layout Description
39161 \begin_inset space ~
39165 \begin_inset space ~
39168 (JIS) JIS encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
39172 , when using this, set the document language to
39177 \begin_layout Description
39179 \begin_inset space ~
39183 \begin_inset space ~
39186 (EUC-JP) EUC-JP encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
39194 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39195 LaTeX-packages ! japanese
39200 , when using this, set the document language to
39205 \begin_layout Description
39207 \begin_inset space ~
39211 \begin_inset space ~
39214 (JIS) JIS encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
39218 , when using this, set the document language to
39223 \begin_layout Description
39225 \begin_inset space ~
39229 \begin_inset space ~
39232 (SJIS) SJIS encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
39236 , when using this, set the document language to
39241 \begin_layout Description
39243 \begin_inset space ~
39246 (EUC-KR) for Korean
39249 \begin_layout Description
39251 \begin_inset space ~
39255 \begin_inset space ~
39259 \begin_inset space ~
39262 8859-3) (latin 3) covers Esperanto, Galician, Maltese, and Turkish
39265 \begin_layout Description
39267 \begin_inset space ~
39271 \begin_inset space ~
39275 \begin_inset space ~
39278 8859-16) (latin 10) covers Albanian, Croatian, Finnish, French, German,
39279 Hungarian, Irish Gaelic, Italian, Polish, Romanian, Slovenian, is designed
39280 to cover many languages and characters with diacritics
39283 \begin_layout Description
39285 \begin_inset space ~
39289 \begin_inset space ~
39295 \begin_layout Description
39297 \begin_inset space ~
39301 \begin_inset space ~
39304 8859-9) (latin 5) for Turkish, is like the ISO-8859-1 encoding where the
39305 Icelandic letters are replaced by Turkish ones
39308 \begin_layout Description
39310 \begin_inset space ~
39314 \begin_inset space ~
39317 (utf8) Unicode utf8 with the LaTeX-package
39325 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39326 LaTeX-packages ! CJK
39331 (for the languages Chinese, Japanese and Korean)
39334 \begin_layout Description
39336 \begin_inset space ~
39340 \begin_inset space ~
39343 (utf8) Unicode utf8 to be used with
39347 , which uses Unicode directly, without the help of the LaTeX-package
39355 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39356 More about using LyX with XeTeX can be found in
39357 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
39371 \begin_layout Description
39373 \begin_inset space ~
39377 \begin_inset space ~
39380 (utf8x) Unicode utf8 based on the LaTeX package
39388 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39389 LaTeX-packages ! ucs
39394 (comprehensive, including Latin, Greek, Cyrillic and CJK scripts).
39397 \begin_layout Description
39399 \begin_inset space ~
39402 (utf8) Unicode utf8 based on the LaTeX-package
39410 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39411 LaTeX-packages ! inputenc
39417 Currently only a limited range of characters (mainly for Latin scripts)
39421 \begin_layout Description
39423 \begin_inset space ~
39427 \begin_inset space ~
39431 \begin_inset space ~
39434 1252) MS Windows code page for ISO
39435 \begin_inset space ~
39441 \begin_layout Description
39443 \begin_inset space ~
39447 \begin_inset space ~
39451 \begin_inset space ~
39454 8859-1) (latin 1) covers the languages Albanian, Catalan, Danish, Dutch,
39455 English, Faroese, Finnish, French, Galician, German, Icelandic, Irish,
39456 Italian, Norwegian, Portuguese, Spanish, and Swedish; better use the ISO-8859-1
39460 \begin_layout Description
39462 \begin_inset space ~
39466 \begin_inset space ~
39470 \begin_inset space ~
39473 8859-15) (latin 9) like the ISO-8859-1 encoding, but with the Euro currency
39474 sign, the œ-ligature and some characters used for French and Finnish
39477 \begin_layout Section
39481 \begin_layout Standard
39482 You can adjust here the numbering depth of sections headings as described
39484 \begin_inset space ~
39488 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39490 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
39497 \begin_layout Section
39501 \begin_layout Standard
39502 You can specify here a citation style using the LaTeX-packages
39510 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39511 LaTeX-packages ! natbib
39524 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39525 LaTeX-packages ! jurabib
39531 For a further description see section
39532 \begin_inset space ~
39536 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39538 reference "sec:Bibliography"
39545 \begin_layout Section
39549 \begin_layout Standard
39550 The PDF properties are explained in section
39551 \begin_inset space ~
39555 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39557 reference "sec:PDF-Properties"
39564 \begin_layout Section
39568 \begin_layout Standard
39569 These options will force LyX to use the LaTeX-packages
39577 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39578 LaTeX-packages ! amsmath
39591 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39592 LaTeX-packages ! esint
39597 or to use them automatically when they are needed.
39600 \begin_layout Standard
39605 is needed for many constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in formulas,
39606 assure that you have enabled AMS.
39609 \begin_layout Standard
39614 is used for special integral characters.
39617 \begin_layout Section
39621 \begin_layout Standard
39622 The float placement options are described in section
39623 \begin_inset space ~
39627 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39629 reference "sub:Float-Placement"
39636 \begin_layout Section
39640 \begin_layout Standard
39641 Here you can adjust the characters for the itemize levels.
39642 The itemize environment is described in section
39643 \begin_inset space ~
39647 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39649 reference "sec:Itemize"
39656 \begin_layout Section
39660 \begin_layout Standard
39661 Branches are described in section
39662 \begin_inset space ~
39666 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39668 reference "sec:Branches"
39675 \begin_layout Section
39680 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39690 \begin_layout Standard
39691 In this text field are entered commands to load special LaTeX-packages or
39692 to define LaTeX-commands.
39693 The preamble is a thing for LaTeX-experts.
39694 You shouldn't enter commands here until you don't exactly know what you
39698 \begin_layout Standard
39699 An introduction in the LaTeX-syntax is given in section
39700 \begin_inset space ~
39704 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39706 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
39713 \begin_layout Chapter
39719 \begin_inset CommandInset label
39721 name "cha:The-Preferences-dialog"
39729 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39738 \begin_layout Standard
39739 The preferences dialog is called with the menu
39741 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39745 It consists of submenus explained in the following.
39748 \begin_layout Section
39752 \begin_layout Subsection
39756 \begin_layout Subsubsection
39757 User Interface File
39761 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39762 Customization ! of toolbars
39771 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39772 Customization ! of menus
39780 \begin_layout Standard
39781 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
39784 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39789 You have to restart LyX before the change of the user interface file take
39798 \begin_layout Standard
39799 The appearance of the menus and toolbars can be changed by choosing an user
39800 interface (ui) file.
39801 An ui-file is a text file where the toolbars and menus are listed.
39802 The toolbar buttons and menu entries are specified in the files
39811 Both files are loaded by the
39816 To create your own menu and toolbar layout, start with a copy of these
39817 files and edit the entries.
39820 \begin_layout Standard
39821 The syntax of the .inc-files is straightforward: The
39833 entries must be ended with an explicit
39858 and in the case of the
39859 \begin_inset Quotes eld
39863 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39871 The syntax for the entries is:
39874 \begin_layout Standard
39875 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
39881 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39889 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39893 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39897 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39903 \begin_layout Standard
39905 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
39908 All LyX-functions are listed in
39909 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
39918 \begin_layout Standard
39919 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
39925 \begin_layout Standard
39926 An example: Assuming you use the menu
39928 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39931 quite often and therefore want six available bookmarks, you can add the
39935 \begin_layout Standard
39936 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
39941 Item "Save Bookmark 6" "bookmark-save 6"
39944 \begin_layout Standard
39946 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
39949 to the navigate menu section in the .inc-file to have the sixth bookmark.
39952 \begin_layout Subsubsection
39956 \begin_layout Standard
39959 Enable tool tips in main work area
39961 enables tool tips showing the content of closed insets like index entries
39965 \begin_layout Subsubsection
39969 \begin_layout Standard
39973 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39977 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39980 restoring of window layout and geometries
39982 LyX's main window will be opened with the size and layout that was used
39983 in the last LyX session.
39986 \begin_layout Standard
39989 Restore cursor positions
39991 sets the cursor to the position in the file where it has been the last
39995 \begin_layout Standard
39998 Load opened files from last session
40000 opens all files that were opened in the last LyX session.
40003 \begin_layout Subsubsection
40005 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40007 name "sub:Backup documents"
40015 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40024 \begin_layout Standard
40029 is set, you can specify the time between backup saves.
40032 \begin_layout Standard
40037 is the number of last opened files that LyX should display in the menu
40040 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40042 \begin_inset space ~
40050 \begin_layout Standard
40053 Open documents in tabs
40055 is not used, then every file will be opened in its own new instance of
40059 \begin_layout Subsection
40064 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40071 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40073 name "sub:Screen-Fonts"
40080 \begin_layout Standard
40081 These fonts are used to display your documents on the screen.
40084 \begin_layout Standard
40085 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
40088 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40093 This section only deals with the fonts
40098 The fonts that appear on the output are independent from these fonts, and
40101 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40102 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40113 \begin_layout Standard
40114 By default, LyX uses
40118 as roman (serif) font,
40126 (depends on the system) as
40129 \begin_inset space ~
40145 \begin_layout Standard
40146 You can change the font size with the
40151 You can also change the font zoom outside the preferences dialog for the
40152 current LyX session by pressing Ctrl and scrolling the mouse wheel.
40155 \begin_layout Standard
40160 is the screen resolution in dpi (dots per inch).
40161 The Font Sizes are calculated as letter height in units of points.
40163 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40166 points have the size of 1
40167 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40171 \begin_inset space ~
40175 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40177 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
40184 \begin_layout Standard
40189 are the same as if a document font size of 10
40190 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40194 The sizes are explained in detail in section
40195 \begin_inset space ~
40199 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40201 reference "sub:Document-Font"
40208 \begin_layout Standard
40211 Use Pixmap Cache to speed up font rendering
40213 enabled, LyX needs to redraw the screen less often.
40214 This results in better performance, especially on slow systems.
40215 On the other hand, the characters might look more fuzzy on screen.
40216 So whether you enable this or not depends on whether you prefer speed over
40218 Note that the Pixmap Cache is only available and useful under Mac
40219 \begin_inset space ~
40225 \begin_layout Subsection
40230 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40240 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40249 \begin_layout Standard
40250 You can here change all colors used by LyX.
40251 Choose an item in the list and use the
40258 \begin_layout Subsection
40263 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40264 Settings ! Graphics
40272 \begin_layout Standard
40273 Here you can specify how graphics inside LyX are displayed.
40276 \begin_layout Standard
40281 enables previewing snippets of your document.
40282 This feature is described in section
40283 \begin_inset space ~
40287 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40289 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
40296 \begin_layout Section
40301 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40310 \begin_layout Subsection
40314 \begin_layout Subsubsection
40318 \begin_layout Standard
40321 Cursor follows scrollbar
40323 sets the cursor to the top of the currently displayed document part when
40327 \begin_layout Standard
40330 Sort environments alphabetically
40332 sorts the entries in the pull-down box for the paragraph environments.
40335 \begin_layout Standard
40338 Group environments by their category
40340 groups the entries in the pull-down box for the paragraph environments.
40343 \begin_layout Subsubsection
40347 \begin_layout Standard
40348 Here you can specify what is hidden in the fullscreen mode.
40353 specifies the width of the text in fullscreen mode.
40354 This way you can display the text smaller than the screen, the text appears
40358 \begin_layout Subsection
40363 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40373 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40374 Settings ! Shortcuts
40382 \begin_layout Subsubsection
40386 \begin_layout Standard
40387 Bindings are used to bind a LyX-function to a key.
40388 Several binding files are available:
40391 \begin_layout Description
40392 cua.bind typical set of PC keyboard shortcuts
40395 \begin_layout Description
40396 (x)emacs.bind set of bindings like they are used in the editor programs
40407 \begin_layout Description
40408 mac.bind set of bindings for
40411 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40419 \begin_layout Standard
40420 There are also bind-files designed for special document classes, like
40424 , and bind files for special languages.
40425 The name of language bind-files begin with a language code, e.
40426 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40430 \begin_inset space \space{}
40434 \begin_inset Quotes eld
40438 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40442 If you use LyX in a certain language, LyX will try to use the appropriate
40446 \begin_layout Standard
40447 Some bind-files, like
40451 , have only a small scope.
40452 When looking at the the end of the file
40456 , you can see that they are included to keep the overview in the bind-file.
40459 \begin_layout Subsubsection
40461 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40463 name "sub:Editing-Shortcuts"
40471 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40472 Key Bindings ! Editing
40480 \begin_layout Standard
40481 To add new or modify existing keybindings to your own taste you can use
40482 the table in the dialog that lists all LyX-functions and the bound shortcuts.
40483 To find functions easily, they are grouped by categories and the dialog
40486 Show key-bindings containing
40489 In this field you can insert a keyword for a function you want to edit.
40490 Insert there for example as keyword
40491 \begin_inset Quotes eld
40495 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40498 and you get the 4 different existing shortcuts for the 3 different functions
40500 \begin_inset Quotes eld
40504 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40508 As you can see, one function can have more than one shortcut.
40509 All LyX-functions are also listed in the file
40513 that you find in the
40520 \begin_layout Standard
40522 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40526 \begin_inset space \space{}
40537 , select the function and press the
40542 A dialog pops up where you can add the shortcut by using it.
40543 So press Alt+Q to define the shortcut.
40544 Modifying an existing shortcut is done the same way.
40545 You can also bind multiple functions to one shortcut by modifying an existing
40546 binding and adding the different function names as semicolon separated
40548 LyX will then use the first function that is enabled in the current document
40550 The binding for the function
40554 is an example for this.
40557 \begin_layout Standard
40558 Alternatively you can also edit shortcuts by modifying bind-files with a
40560 The syntax of the entries is:
40563 \begin_layout Standard
40569 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40573 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40577 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40581 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40587 \begin_layout Subsection
40589 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40593 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40597 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40599 name "sub:Keyboard-Map"
40607 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40617 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40618 Settings ! Keyboard Map
40626 \begin_layout Standard
40627 Normally keyboard settings have to be done in a menu of your operating system.
40628 For the case that this is not possible, LyX provides keyboard maps.
40630 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40634 \begin_inset space \space{}
40637 a Czech keyboard but want to write with it like with a Romanian one, you
40638 can use the keyboard map file named
40645 \begin_layout Standard
40646 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
40649 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40654 Keyboard maps are only provided as makeshift and don't work on all systems.
40662 \begin_layout Standard
40663 Besides this, you can specify here the
40665 Wheel scrolling speed
40668 The standard value is 1.0, higher values speed up the scrolling, lower ones
40672 \begin_layout Subsection
40677 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40687 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40688 Word completion|see{Input Completion}
40696 \begin_layout Standard
40697 LyX provides the completion of words by scanning all documents that are
40699 Every word it appears in these documents is added to a database that is
40700 used to propose completions.
40703 \begin_layout Standard
40707 \begin_layout Standard
40708 The option Automatic inline completion propose
40711 \begin_layout Section
40716 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40726 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40735 \begin_layout Description
40737 \begin_inset space ~
40740 directory This is LyX's working directory.
40741 It is the default when you
40752 \begin_inset space ~
40760 \begin_layout Description
40762 \begin_inset space ~
40765 templates This directory will be opened when you use the menu
40767 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40769 \begin_inset space ~
40773 \begin_inset space ~
40781 \begin_layout Description
40783 \begin_inset space ~
40790 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40796 Backup copies will be saved to this directory.
40797 When no directory is given but backups are enabled as described in section
40798 \begin_inset space ~
40802 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40804 reference "sub:Backup documents"
40812 will be used to save the backups.
40813 \begin_inset Newline newline
40816 The backup files have the ending
40817 \begin_inset Quotes eld
40821 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40827 \begin_layout Description
40832 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40839 XServer-Pipe Here you can enter the name of a Unix-pipe.
40840 This pipe is used to send data from external programs to LyX.
40841 \begin_inset Newline newline
40845 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
40848 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40853 This feature doesn't work on Windows systems.
40861 \begin_layout Description
40863 \begin_inset space ~
40866 directory Temporary files will be saved in this directory.
40869 \begin_layout Description
40871 \begin_inset space ~
40874 prefix This field contains a list of paths to external programs.
40875 When LyX needs to use an external program, it looks in this list where
40876 to find it on the system.
40877 The path list is automatically set up on Windows and Mac systems while
40878 LyX is configured, so that you normally don't have to modify it.
40880 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40884 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40887 Linux systems, the path list will need to be set only if there are external
40888 programs you wish to use that are not in your normal system path ($PATH).
40892 \begin_layout Section
40896 \begin_layout Standard
40897 Here you can insert your name and email address.
40898 The identity will be used when you have enabled change tracking as described
40900 \begin_inset space ~
40904 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40906 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
40910 , to mark changes you make as yours.
40913 \begin_layout Section
40918 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40919 Language ! Settings
40928 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40929 Settings ! Language
40937 \begin_layout Subsection
40941 \begin_layout Description
40943 \begin_inset space ~
40946 language is the language used in new documents
40949 \begin_layout Description
40951 \begin_inset space ~
40954 package is a LaTeX-command to load a LaTeX-package that handles language
40956 The default is the LaTeX-command
40962 that loads the package
40970 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40971 For an introduction to the LaTeX-Syntax, have a look at section
40972 \begin_inset space ~
40976 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40978 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
40988 \begin_inset Newline newline
40995 translates in the background automatically text labels of documents to
40996 the document language.
40997 A text label is for instance the word
40998 \begin_inset Quotes eld
41002 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41005 at the beginning of every table-caption.
41008 \begin_layout Description
41010 \begin_inset space ~
41013 start When a special LaTeX-package is needed to write in a certain document
41014 language, you can here specify the command to start the package.
41015 An example is the start command
41021 that is needed to write Arabic using the package
41026 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
41041 selectlanguage{$$lang}
41046 \begin_layout Description
41048 \begin_inset space ~
41056 Some packages, like the default, don't have an end command since the start
41057 command toggles the package on and off.
41060 \begin_layout Description
41062 \begin_inset space ~
41072 \begin_layout Description
41073 Global When this option is set, the languages used in the document will
41074 be added as options to the document class options, so that they can be
41075 used by all LaTeX-packages.
41076 Otherwise they will only be used as options for the
41083 \begin_layout Description
41085 \begin_inset space ~
41088 begin When this option is set, the documents starts with the chosen document
41090 When this option is not set, the
41093 \begin_inset space ~
41098 is explicitly set to the beginning of the document in the LaTeX-output.
41099 This assures that the correct language is used when you use another
41102 \begin_inset space ~
41110 \begin_layout Description
41112 \begin_inset space ~
41118 \begin_inset space ~
41124 When it is not set, the
41127 \begin_inset space ~
41132 is set to the end of the document.
41135 \begin_layout Description
41137 \begin_inset space ~
41141 \begin_inset space ~
41144 languages Text marked formatted in a language different from the document
41145 language will be underlined blue.
41148 \begin_layout Description
41150 \begin_inset space ~
41154 \begin_inset space ~
41158 \begin_inset space ~
41162 \begin_inset space ~
41165 support Enables the use of languages, written from right to left, like Arabic,
41169 \begin_layout Subsection
41173 \begin_layout Standard
41174 The spellchecker settings are explained in section
41175 \begin_inset space ~
41179 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41181 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
41188 \begin_layout Section
41192 \begin_layout Subsection
41194 \begin_inset CommandInset label
41204 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41214 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41223 \begin_layout Description
41225 \begin_inset space ~
41228 printer Here you can specify the name of your default printer.
41229 The name will be used when the
41234 \begin_inset Newline newline
41238 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
41241 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41246 You can leave this field empty on Windows systems because it has there
41255 \begin_layout Description
41257 \begin_inset space ~
41261 \begin_inset space ~
41265 \begin_inset space ~
41268 printer This option works only for the
41273 \begin_inset Quotes eld
41281 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41285 It activates a configuration file for dvips.
41286 This is an option only for dvips experts.
41289 \begin_layout Description
41291 \begin_inset space ~
41294 command is the command LyX
41295 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41299 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41302 LaTeX uses for printing.
41303 The default is on most systems
41310 \begin_layout Description
41312 \begin_inset space ~
41316 \begin_inset space ~
41319 Options Here you can specify printer options.
41320 A list of printer options with explanations can be found in the documentation
41321 of the program that provides the
41328 \begin_layout Subsection
41333 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41343 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41344 Settings ! Date format
41352 \begin_layout Standard
41353 The date format can be one or a mixture of the formats listed here:
41354 \begin_inset Newline newline
41358 \begin_inset Flex URL
41361 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41363 http://unixhelp.ed.ac.uk/CGI/man-cgi?date
41369 \begin_inset Newline newline
41372 For example the format
41373 \begin_inset Newline newline
41377 \begin_inset Newline newline
41380 prints the date as day/month/year.
41383 \begin_layout Subsection
41387 \begin_layout Description
41389 \begin_inset space ~
41393 \begin_inset space ~
41396 length sets the maximum number of characters printed in one line when using
41399 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41400 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41402 \begin_inset space ~
41408 Setting the line line length to 0 means all text is printed in one endless
41412 \begin_layout Description
41414 \begin_inset space ~
41417 command defines an additional command used to produce better ASCII tables
41422 UNIX-commands (refer to their manuals for more information about them).
41423 Setting this as empty tells LyX to use the internal formatter.
41426 \begin_layout Subsection
41431 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41439 \begin_inset CommandInset label
41441 name "sub:LaTeX-settings"
41449 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41458 \begin_layout Description
41463 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41471 \begin_inset space ~
41474 encoding This is the default encoding of the document font.
41479 is the default and covers western languages and symbols.
41501 Combinations of the encodings are possible, like
41502 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41510 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41514 The font encoding is normally automatically loaded by the language packages
41515 LyX sets up in the background.
41516 So there is no need to change the default encoding.
41519 \begin_layout Description
41521 \begin_inset space ~
41525 \begin_inset space ~
41528 size This is the paper size that is used for new documents.
41533 value depends on your LaTeX-system setup.
41536 \begin_layout Description
41538 \begin_inset space ~
41542 \begin_inset space ~
41546 \begin_inset space ~
41550 \begin_inset space ~
41554 \begin_inset space ~
41558 \begin_inset space ~
41561 changes Removes all manually set document class options in the
41563 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41566 dialog when changing the document class.
41569 \begin_layout Standard
41572 External Applications
41574 field you can specify commands with parameters for the listed applications.
41575 Before you change something here, it is strongly recommended to read the
41576 manuals of the applications.
41577 Currently the following commands can be set:
41580 \begin_layout Description
41585 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41593 \begin_inset space ~
41596 command Command for the program
41600 that is described in section
41606 Additional Features
41611 \begin_layout Description
41616 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41624 \begin_inset space ~
41627 command Command for the program
41631 that generates the bibliography, see section
41632 \begin_inset space ~
41636 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41638 reference "sub:Bibliography-databases"
41645 \begin_layout Description
41647 \begin_inset space ~
41650 command Command for the program that generates the index, see section
41651 \begin_inset space ~
41655 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41657 reference "sub:Index-Program"
41664 \begin_layout Description
41666 \begin_inset space ~
41670 \begin_inset space ~
41674 \begin_inset space ~
41678 \begin_inset space ~
41681 options They only have an effect when the program
41685 is used as DVI-viewer.
41688 \begin_layout Subsection
41693 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41703 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41712 \begin_layout Standard
41717 is only available in the Windows version of LyX.
41720 Use Windows-style paths in LaTeX files
41722 uses the Windows path style:
41725 \begin_layout Standard
41733 \begin_layout Standard
41734 instead of the Unix path style:
41737 \begin_layout Standard
41741 \begin_layout Section
41746 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41755 \begin_layout Standard
41756 Here you find the list of defined converter commands to convert material
41757 from one format to another.
41758 You can modify them or create new ones.
41759 To modify a converter, select it, change the entry of the field
41766 \begin_inset space ~
41776 To create a new converter, select an existing one, select a different format
41780 \begin_inset space ~
41785 drop-down list, modify the
41789 field, and press the
41796 \begin_layout Standard
41799 Converter File Cache
41801 is enabled, conversions will be cached as long as specified in the field
41804 Maximum Age (in days
41807 This means that images don't need to be converted again when you reopen
41808 a document; the converted images from the cache will be used instead.
41811 \begin_layout Standard
41812 More about converters, like the variables and flags that can be used in
41813 the converter definition, is described in section
41824 \begin_layout Section
41829 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41836 \begin_inset CommandInset label
41838 name "sec:File-Formats"
41845 \begin_layout Standard
41846 Here you find the list of defined file formats that LyX can handle.
41847 You can modify the viewer and editor program that should be used for certain
41849 To create a new format, select an existing one, change the entry of the
41857 \begin_inset space ~
41869 \begin_layout Standard
41870 More about formats, like the options that can be used in the format definition,
41871 is described in section
41882 \begin_layout Section
41887 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41896 \begin_layout Standard
41897 Here you find the list of defined copiers.
41898 Since all conversions from one format to another take place in LyX's temporary
41899 directory, it is sometimes necessary to modify a file before copying it
41900 to the temporary directory in order that the conversion may be performed.
41901 This is done by a Copier.
41904 \begin_layout Standard
41905 More about converters is described in section
41916 \begin_layout Chapter
41917 Units available in LyX
41921 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41928 \begin_inset CommandInset label
41930 name "cha:Units-available-in"
41937 \begin_layout Standard
41938 To understand the units described in this documentation,
41939 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41941 reference "cap:Units"
41945 explains all units available in LyX.
41948 \begin_layout Standard
41949 \begin_inset Float table
41955 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41956 \begin_inset Caption
41958 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41959 \begin_inset CommandInset label
41973 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41974 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
41980 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41982 \begin_inset Tabular
41983 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="20" columns="2">
41985 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
41986 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
41988 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41991 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41997 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42000 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42008 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42011 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42017 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42020 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42028 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42031 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42037 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42040 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42048 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42051 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42057 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42060 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42068 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42071 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42077 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42080 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42082 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42086 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42096 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42099 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42105 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42108 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42110 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42114 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42124 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42127 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42133 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42136 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42137 scaled point (65536
42138 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42142 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42152 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42155 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42161 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42164 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42166 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42170 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42180 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42183 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42189 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42192 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42194 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42198 \begin_inset Formula $\approx$
42202 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42212 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42215 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42221 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42224 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42226 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42230 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42240 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42243 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42249 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42252 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42253 % of original image width
42260 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42263 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42269 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42272 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42280 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42283 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42289 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42292 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42300 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42303 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42309 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42312 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42320 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42323 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42329 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42332 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42340 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42343 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42349 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42352 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42360 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42363 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42369 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42372 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42380 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42383 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42389 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42392 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42404 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42407 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42413 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42416 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42428 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42431 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42437 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42440 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42442 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42446 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42467 \begin_layout Chapter
42469 \begin_inset CommandInset label
42478 \begin_layout Standard
42479 The documentation is a collaborative effort between many different people
42480 (and we would encourage people to contribute!).
42483 \begin_layout Itemize
42486 Alejandro Aguilar Sierra
42489 \begin_layout Itemize
42495 \begin_layout Itemize
42501 \begin_layout Itemize
42507 \begin_layout Itemize
42513 \begin_layout Itemize
42519 \begin_layout Itemize
42525 \begin_layout Itemize
42531 \begin_layout Itemize
42534 Lars Gullik Bjønnes
42537 \begin_layout Itemize
42543 \begin_layout Itemize
42549 \begin_layout Itemize
42555 \begin_layout Itemize
42561 \begin_layout Itemize
42567 \begin_layout Itemize
42573 \begin_layout Itemize
42579 \begin_layout Itemize
42585 \begin_layout Itemize
42587 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
42596 \begin_layout Standard
42597 \begin_inset Newpage newpage
42600 The bibliography on the following page was created with the
42607 \begin_layout Bibliography
42608 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42609 LatexCommand bibitem
42616 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42619 target "http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/lyx-devel/trunk/lib/CREDITS"
42624 \begin_inset Newline newline
42628 \begin_inset Flex URL
42631 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42633 http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/lyx-devel/trunk/lib/CREDITS
42641 \begin_layout Bibliography
42642 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42643 LatexCommand bibitem
42644 key "latexcompanion"
42648 Frank Mittelbach and Michel Goossens:
42650 The LaTeX Companion Second Edition.
42653 Addison-Wesley, 2004
42656 \begin_layout Bibliography
42657 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42658 LatexCommand bibitem
42663 Helmut Kopka and Patrick W.
42666 A Guide to LaTeX Fourth Edition.
42669 Addison-Wesley, 2003
42672 \begin_layout Bibliography
42673 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42674 LatexCommand bibitem
42681 LaTeX: A Document Preparation System.
42684 Addison-Wesley, second edition, 1994
42687 \begin_layout Bibliography
42688 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42689 LatexCommand bibitem
42701 Addison-Wesley, 1984
42704 \begin_layout Bibliography
42705 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42706 LatexCommand bibitem
42712 \begin_inset Newline newline
42716 \begin_inset Flex URL
42719 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42721 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/bytopic.html
42729 \begin_layout Bibliography
42730 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42731 LatexCommand bibitem
42737 \begin_inset Newline newline
42741 \begin_inset Flex URL
42744 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42746 http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html
42754 \begin_layout Bibliography
42755 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42756 LatexCommand bibitem
42762 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42764 name "Documentation"
42765 target "http://www.ctan.org/get/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxdoc.pdf"
42774 \begin_inset Newline newline
42778 \begin_inset Flex URL
42781 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42783 http://www.ctan.org/get/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxdoc.pdf
42791 \begin_layout Bibliography
42792 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42793 LatexCommand bibitem
42799 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42801 name "Documentation"
42802 target "http://tug.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/manpages.dvi"
42811 \begin_inset Newline newline
42815 \begin_inset Flex URL
42818 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42820 http://tug.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/manpages.dvi
42828 \begin_layout Bibliography
42829 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42830 LatexCommand bibitem
42836 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42838 name "Documentation"
42839 target "http://www.xindy.org/documentation.html"
42848 \begin_inset Newline newline
42852 \begin_inset Flex URL
42855 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42857 http://www.xindy.org/documentation.html
42865 \begin_layout Bibliography
42866 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42867 LatexCommand bibitem
42873 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42875 name "Documentation"
42876 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption.pdf"
42880 of the LaTeX-package
42888 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42889 LaTeX-packages ! caption
42895 \begin_inset Newline newline
42899 \begin_inset Flex URL
42902 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42904 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption.pdf
42912 \begin_layout Bibliography
42913 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42914 LatexCommand bibitem
42920 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42922 name "Documentation"
42923 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf"
42927 of the LaTeX-package
42935 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42936 LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
42942 \begin_inset Newline newline
42946 \begin_inset Flex URL
42949 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42951 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf
42959 \begin_layout Bibliography
42960 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42961 LatexCommand bibitem
42969 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42971 name "Documentation"
42972 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/hyperref.pdf"
42978 of the LaTeX-package
42986 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42987 LaTeX-packages ! hyperref
42993 \begin_inset Newline newline
42997 \begin_inset Flex URL
43000 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43002 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/hyperref.pdf
43010 \begin_layout Bibliography
43011 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43012 LatexCommand bibitem
43018 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43020 name "Documentation"
43021 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf"
43025 of the LaTeX-package
43033 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43034 LaTeX-packages ! nomencl
43040 \begin_inset Newline newline
43044 \begin_inset Flex URL
43047 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43049 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf
43057 \begin_layout Bibliography
43058 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43059 LatexCommand bibitem
43065 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43067 name "Documentation"
43068 target "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf"
43072 of the LaTeX-package
43080 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43081 LaTeX-packages ! tipa
43087 \begin_inset Newline newline
43091 \begin_inset Flex URL
43094 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43096 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf
43104 \begin_layout Bibliography
43105 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43106 LatexCommand bibitem
43112 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43114 name "Documentation"
43115 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/wrapfig/wrapfig.sty"
43119 of the LaTeX-package
43127 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43128 LaTeX-packages ! wrapfig
43134 \begin_inset Newline newline
43138 \begin_inset Flex URL
43141 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43143 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/wrapfig/wrapfig.sty
43151 \begin_layout Bibliography
43152 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43153 LatexCommand bibitem
43159 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43162 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/XeTeX"
43166 how to use LyX with XeTeX:
43167 \begin_inset Newline newline
43171 \begin_inset Flex URL
43174 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43176 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/XeTeX
43184 \begin_layout Bibliography
43185 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43186 LatexCommand bibitem
43192 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43195 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic"
43199 how to set up LyX for Arabic:
43200 \begin_inset Newline newline
43204 \begin_inset Flex URL
43207 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43209 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic
43217 \begin_layout Bibliography
43218 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43219 LatexCommand bibitem
43225 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43228 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian"
43232 how to set up LyX for Armenian:
43233 \begin_inset Newline newline
43237 \begin_inset Flex URL
43240 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43242 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian
43250 \begin_layout Bibliography
43251 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43252 LatexCommand bibitem
43258 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43261 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi"
43265 how to set up LyX for Farsi:
43266 \begin_inset Newline newline
43270 \begin_inset Flex URL
43273 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43275 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi
43283 \begin_layout Bibliography
43284 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43285 LatexCommand bibitem
43291 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43294 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew"
43298 how to set up LyX for Hebrew:
43299 \begin_inset Newline newline
43303 \begin_inset Flex URL
43306 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43308 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew
43316 \begin_layout Bibliography
43317 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43318 LatexCommand bibitem
43324 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43327 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Japanese"
43331 how to set up LyX for Japanese:
43332 \begin_inset Newline newline
43336 \begin_inset Flex URL
43339 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43341 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Japanese
43349 \begin_layout Bibliography
43350 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43351 LatexCommand bibitem
43357 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43360 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Latvian"
43364 how to set up LyX for Latvian:
43365 \begin_inset Newline newline
43369 \begin_inset Flex URL
43372 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43374 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Latvian
43382 \begin_layout Bibliography
43383 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43384 LatexCommand bibitem
43390 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43393 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Lithuanian"
43397 how to set up LyX for Lithuanian:
43398 \begin_inset Newline newline
43402 \begin_inset Flex URL
43405 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43407 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Lithuanian
43415 \begin_layout Bibliography
43416 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43417 LatexCommand bibitem
43423 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43426 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Mongolian"
43430 how to set up LyX for Mongolian:
43431 \begin_inset Newline newline
43435 \begin_inset Flex URL
43438 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43440 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Mongolian
43448 \begin_layout Bibliography
43449 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43450 LatexCommand bibitem
43456 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43459 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Vietnamese"
43463 how to set up LyX for Vietnamese:
43464 \begin_inset Newline newline
43468 \begin_inset Flex URL
43471 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43473 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Vietnamese
43481 \begin_layout Bibliography
43482 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43483 LatexCommand bibitem
43489 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43492 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LyxFunctionList"
43496 with a list of all available LyX-functions:
43497 \begin_inset Newline newline
43501 \begin_inset Flex URL
43504 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43506 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LyxFunctionList
43514 \begin_layout Bibliography
43515 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43516 LatexCommand bibitem
43522 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43525 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/NewInLyX16"
43529 about new features in
43534 \begin_inset Newline newline
43538 \begin_inset Flex URL
43541 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43543 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/NewInLyX16
43551 \begin_layout Standard
43552 \begin_inset Newpage newpage
43559 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43570 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43586 \begin_inset Note Note
43589 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43596 is the name of the bibliography in the current document language.
43597 It is redefined here with the number 2 at the end to state that the following
43598 bibliography is the second one:
43606 \begin_layout Standard
43607 \begin_inset CommandInset bibtex
43608 LatexCommand bibtex
43609 bibfiles "biblio/LyXDocs"
43610 options "biblio/alphadin"
43617 \begin_layout Standard
43618 The above bibliography is created from a BibTeX-database.
43621 \begin_layout Standard
43624 \begin_inset CommandInset nomencl_print
43625 LatexCommand printnomenclature
43630 \begin_inset CommandInset index_print
43631 LatexCommand printindex